Scolaris Content Display Scolaris Content Display

Psihološke terapije za napadaje panike, sa ili bez agorafobije, u odraslih: mrežna meta‐analiza

Contraer todo Desplegar todo

Referencias

Addis 2004 {published data only}

Addis ME, Hatgis C, Cardemil E, Jacob K, Krasnow AD, Mansfield A. Effectiveness of cognitive‐behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus treatment as usual in a managed care setting: 2‐year follow‐up. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2006;74(2):377‐85.
Addis ME, Hatgis C, Krasnow AD, Jacob K, Bourne L, Mansfield A. Effectiveness of cognitive‐behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus treatment as usual in a managed care setting. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2004;72(4):625‐35.

Al Kubaisy 1992 {published and unpublished data}

Al Kubaisy T, Marks I, Logsdail S, Marks MP, Lovell K, Sungur M, et al. Role of exposure homework in phobia reduction: a controlled study. Behavior Therapy 1992;23:599‐621.
Park JM, Mataix‐Cols D, Marks IM, Ngamthipwatthana T, Marks M, Araya R, et al. Two‐year follow‐up after a randomised controlled trial of self‐ and clinician‐accompanied exposure for phobia/panic disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry 2001;178:543‐8.

Arch 2012 {published data only}

Arch JJ, Eifert GH, Davies C, Plumb VJC, Rose RD, Craske MG. Randomized clinical trial of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) versus acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) for mixed anxiety disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2012;80(5):750‐65.
Arch JJ, Wolitzky‐Taylor KB, Eifert GH, Craske MG. Longitudinal treatment mediation of traditional cognitive behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy for anxiety disorders. Behaviour Research and Therapy 2012;50:469‐78.

Arntz 2002 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Arntz A. Cognitive therapy versus interoceptive exposure as treatment of panic disorder without agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 2002;40(3):325‐41.

Barlow 1989 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Barlow DH, Brown TA, Craske MG, Rapee RM, Antony MM. Treatment of panic disorder: follow‐up and mechanisms of action. 25th Annual Meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy. New York, 1991.
Barlow DH, Craske MG, Cerny JA, Klosko JS. Behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behavior Therapy 1989;20(2):261‐82.
Brown TA, Antony MM, Barlow DH. Diagnostic comorbidity in panic disorder: effect on treatment outcome and course of comorbid diagnoses following treatment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1995;63(3):408‐18.
Brown TA, Barlow DH. Long‐term outcome in cognitive‐behavioral treatment of panic disorder: clinical predictors and alternative strategies for assessment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1995;63(5):754‐65.
Craske MG, Brown TA, Barlow DH. Behavioral treatment of panic disorder: a two‐year follow‐up. Behavior Therapy 1991;22(3):289‐304.
Margraf J, Barlow DH, Clark DM, Telch MJ. Psychological treatment of panic: work in progress on outcome, active ingredients, and follow‐up. Behavior Research and Therapy 1993;31(1):1‐8.

Beck 1987 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Beck AT. Cognitive approaches to panic disorder: theory and therapy. In: Rachman S, Maseck J editor(s). Panic: Psychological Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: L. Erlbaum Associates, 1988:91‐109.
Sokol‐Kessler L, Beck AT. Cognitive treatment of panic disorders. 140th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association. Chicago, May 1987.

Beck 1992 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Beck AT, Sokol L, Clark DA, Berchick R, Wright F. A crossover study of focused cognitive therapy for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry 1992;149(6):778‐83.

Beck 1994 {published data only}

Beck JG, Stanley MA, Baldwin LE, Deagle EA, Averill PM. Comparison of cognitive therapy and relaxation training for panic disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1994;62(4):818‐26.
Stanley MA, Beck JG, Averill PM, Baldwin LE, Deagle EA, Stadler JG. Patterns of change during cognitive behavioral treatment for panic disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 1996;184(9):567‐72.

Beutel 2013 {published and unpublished data}

Beutel M. Short‐term psychotherapy for patients with panic disorder with or without agoraphobia ‐ a randomised comparative study between the panic‐focused psychodynamic and cognitive behavioural psychotherapy [Kurzzeittherapie der Panikstörung mit oder ohne Agoraphobie mittels panikfokussierender Psychodynamischer Psychotherapie (PfPP) und kognitiver Verhaltenstherapie (KVT) ‐ eine randomisierte und kontrollierte Therapievergleichsstudie]. https://drks‐neu.uniklinik‐freiburg.de/ 2009 (accessed 16 March 2015):S00000245. [DRKS00000245]
Beutel ME, Scheurich V, Knebel A, Michal M, Wiltink J, Graf‐Morgenstern M, et al. Implementing panic‐focused psychodynamic psychotherapy into clinical practice. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 2013;58(6):326‐34.

Botella 2004 {published and unpublished data}

Botella C, Garcia‐Palacios A, Villa H, Banos RM, Quero S, Alcaniz M, et al. Virtual reality exposure in the treatment of panic disorder and agoraphobia: a controlled study. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy 2007;14(3):164‐75.
Botella C, Villa H, Garcia Palacios A, Quero S, Banos RM, Alcaniz M. The use of VR in the treatment of panic disorders and agoraphobia. Studies in Health Technology & Informatics 2004;99:73‐90.

Brown 1997 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Brown GK, Beck AT, Newman CF, Beck JS, Tran GQ. A comparison of focused and standard cognitive therapy for panic disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders 1997;11(3):329‐45.

Burke 1997 {published data only}

Burke M, Drummond LM, Johnston DW. Treatment choice for agoraphobic women: exposure or cognitive‐behaviour therapy?. British Journal of Clinical Psychology 1997;36(Pt 3):409‐20.

Carter 2003 {published data only}

Carter MM, Sbrocco T, Gore KL, Marin NW, Lewis EL. Cognitive‐behavioral group therapy versus a wait‐list control in the treatment of African American women with panic disorder. Cognitive Therapy and Research 2003;27(5):505‐18.

Clark 1994 {published data only}

Clark DM, Salkovskis PM, Hackmann A, Middleton H, Anastasiades P, Gelder M. A comparison of cognitive therapy, applied relaxation and imipramine in the treatment of panic disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry 1994;164(6):759‐69.

Clark 1999 {published data only}

Clark DM, Salkovskis PM, Hackmann A, Wells A, Ludgate J, Gelder M. Brief cognitive therapy for panic disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1999;67(4):583‐9.

Cottraux 2009 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Cottraux J. A comparative controlled study of virtual reality therapy and cognitive behavior therapy in panic disorder with agoraphobia. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00129610 2005 (accessed 16 March 2015).
Lambrey S, Jouvent R, Allilaire JF, Pelissolo A. Virtual reality therapies in the treatment of phobic disorders [French]. Annales Medico‐Psychologiques 2010;168(1):44‐6.
Pelissolo A, Zaoui M, Aguayo G, Yao SN, Roche S, Ecochard R, et al. Virtual reality exposure therapy versus cognitive behavior therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia: a randomized comparison study. Journal of CyberTherapy and Rehabilitation 2012;5(1):35‐43.
Pull C, Pelissolo A, Zaoui M, et al. A randomized controlled study of virtual reality exposure therapy and cognitive‐behavior therapy in panic disorder with agoraphobia. Cyberpsychology & Behavior (Abstracts from CyberTherapy 14 Designing the Future of Healthcare, June 21–23, 2009, Lago Maggiore, Verbania, Italy) 2009;12(5):647.

Craske 1995 {published data only}

Craske MG, Maidenberg E, Bystritsky A. Brief cognitive‐behavioral versus nondirective therapy for panic disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry 1995;26(2):113‐20.

Craske 2005a {published data only}

Craske MG, Lang AJ, Aikins D, Mystkowski JL. Cognitive behavioral therapy for nocturnal panic. Behavior Therapy 2005;36(1):43‐54.
Tsao JC, Mystkowski JL, Zucker BG, Craske MG. Impact of cognitive‐behavioral therapy for panic disorder on comorbidity: a controlled investigation. Behaviour Research and Therapy 2005;43(7):959‐70.

Creager Berger 2001 {published data only}

Creager Berger B. The treatment of panic disorder: a comparative study between breathing retraining and cognitive behavioral therapy. Dissertation Abstracts International2001; Vol. 61, issue 8b.
Creager Berger B, Gevirtz R. The treatment of panic disorder: a comparison between breathing retraining and cognitive behavioral therapy. Biological Psychology 2001;56(1):78‐9.

De Ruiter 1989 {published data only}

Rijken H, Kraaimaat F, de Ruiter C, Garssen B. A follow‐up study on short‐term treatment of agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1992;30(1):63‐6.
de Ruiter C, Ryken H, Garssen B, Kraaimaat F. Breathing retraining, exposure and a combination of both, in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1989;27(6):647‐55.

Dow 2000 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Casey LM, Newcombe PA, Oei TP. Cognitive mediation of panic severity: the role of catastrophic misinterpretation of bodily sensations and panic self‐efficacy. Cognitive Therapy and Research 2005;29(2):187‐200.
Dow MG, Kenardy JA, Johnston DW, Newman MG, Taylor CB, Thomson A. Prognostic indices with brief and standard CBT for panic disorder: I. Predictors of outcome. Psychological Medicine 2007;37(10):1493‐502.
Kenardy J, Robinson S, Dob R. Cognitive behaviour therapy for panic disorder: long‐term follow up. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy 2005;34(2):75‐8.
Kenardy JA, Dow MG, Johnston DW, Newman MG, Thomson A, Taylor CB. A comparison of delivery methods of cognitive‐behavioral therapy for panic disorder: an international multicenter trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2003;71(6):1068‐75.

Dreessen 1994 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Arntz A, van den Hout M. Psychological treatments of panic disorder without agoraphobia: cognitive therapy versus applied relaxation. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1996;34(2):113‐21.

Emmelkamp 1986 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Emmelkamp PM, Brilman E, Kuiper H, Mersch PP. The treatment of agoraphobia. A comparison of self‐instructional training, rational emotive therapy, and exposure in vivo. Behavior Modification 1986;10:37‐53.

Erickson 2003 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Erickson DH, Janeck AS, Tallman K. A cognitive‐behavioral group for patients with various anxiety disorders. Psychiatric Services 2007;58(9):1205‐11.
Erickson DH, Janeck AS, Tallman K. Group CBT for heterogeneous anxiety disorders. 34th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapies. Warwick, 19‐21 July 2006.
Erickson DH, Janeck AS, Tallman K. Group CBT for heterogeneous anxiety disorders: preliminary evidence for effectiveness. 31st Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapies. York, 16‐19 July 2003.

Gloster 2010 {published data only}

Arolt V, Zwanziger P, Strohle A, Hamm A, Gerlach A, Kircher T, et al. The research network PANIC‐NET: improving the treatment of panic disorder ‐ From a better understanding of fear circuit mechanisms to more effective psychological treatment and routine care. Psychotherapie Psychosomatik Medizinische Psychologie 2009;59:124‐31.
Emmrich A, Beesdo‐Baum K, Gloster AT, Knappe S, Hfler M, Arolt V, et al. Depression does not affect the treatment outcome of CBT for panic and agoraphobia: results from a multicenter randomized trial. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 2012;81(3):161‐72.
Gloster AT, Hauke C, Hofler M, Einsle F, Fydrich T, Hamm A, et al. Long‐term stability of cognitive behavioral therapy effects for panic disorder with agoraphobia: a two‐year follow‐up study. Behaviour Research and Therapy 2013;51(12):830‐9.
Gloster AT, Klotsche J, Gerlach AL, Hamm A, Strohle A, Gauggel S, et al. Timing matters: change depends on the stage of treatment in cognitive behavioral therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2014;82(1):141‐53.
Gloster AT, Wittchen HU, Einsle F, Hofler M, Lang T, Helbig‐Lang S, et al. Mechanism of action in CBT (MAC): methods of a multi‐center randomized controlled trial in 369 patients with panic disorder and agoraphobia. European Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience 2009;259(Suppl 2):S155‐66.
Gloster AT, Wittchen HU, Einsle F, Lang T, Helbig‐Lang S, Fydrich T, et al. Correction to Gloster et al. (2011). Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2011;79(5):652.
Gloster AT, Wittchen HU, Einsle F, Lang T, Helbig‐Lang S, Fydrich T, et al. Psychological treatment for panic disorder with agoraphobia: a randomized controlled trial to examine the role of therapist‐guided exposure in situ in CBT. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2011;79(3):406‐20.
Kircher T, Arolt V, Jansen A, Pyka M, Reinhardt I, Kellermann T, et al. Effect of cognitive‐behavioral therapy on neural correlates of fear conditioning in panic disorder. Biological Psychiatry 2013;73(1):93‐101.
Lang T, Helbig‐Lang S, Gloster AT, et al. Effects of therapist‐guided exposure in CBT for panic disorder and agoraphobia [Effekte therapeutenbegleiteter versus patientengeleiteter Exposition bei Panikstörung mit Agoraphobie]. Zeitschrift für klinische Psychologie und Psychotherapie 2012;41(2):114‐24.
Wittchen HU, Lang T. Improving cognitive behavioural therapy for panic by identifying the active ingredients and understanding the mechanisms of action: a multicentre study. http://www.isrctn.com/ISRCTN80046034 2007 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Goldstein 2000 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Goldstein AJ, De Beurs E, Chambless DL, Wilson KA. EMDR for panic disorder with agoraphobia: comparison with waiting list and credible attention‐placebo control conditions. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2000;68(6):947‐56.

Gould 1993 {published data only}

Gould R, Clum GA, Shapiro D, Weaver T, Blalock J. Evidence for a self‐help coping approach for treating panic disorder. Annual Meeting of the Southeastern Psychological Association. New Orleans, LA, 1991.
Gould RA, Clum GA, Shapiro D. The use of bibliotherapy in the treatment of panic: a preliminary investigation. Behavior Therapy 1993;24:241‐52.

Griegel 1995 {published data only}

Griegel LE. Breathing retraining in panic disorder: physiological mechanisms or perceived controllability. Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering 1995;55(9):4120.

Hazen 1996 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Hazen AL, Walker JR, Eldridge GD. Anxiety sensitivity and treatment outcome in panic disorder. Anxiety 1996;2(1):34‐9.
Walker JG, Eldridge A, Hazen, Rallo J, O'Riordan J, Frankel S. Evaluation of a self‐help book and workbook for treatment of panic disorder used independently, in a self‐help group, or a professional group [Thesis]. University of Manitoba1996.

Hendriks 2010 {published data only}

Hendriks GJ. The efficacy of paroxetine and cognitive‐behavioural therapy in the treatment of late‐life panic disorder: a randomized controlled trial. http://www.trialregister.nl/ 2007 (accessed 16 March 2015). [NTR1144]
Hendriks GJ, Keijsers GPJ, Kampman M, Hoogduin CAL, Oude Voshaar RC. Predictors of outcome of pharmacological and psychological treatment of late‐life panic disorder with agoraphobia. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry 2012;27(2):146‐50.
Hendriks GJ, Keijsers GPJ, Kampman M, Oude Voshaar RC, Verbraak M, Broekman TG, et al. A randomized controlled study of paroxetine and cognitive‐behavioural therapy for late‐life panic disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 2010;122(1):11‐9.

Hoffart 1995 {published data only}

Hoffart A. A comparison of cognitive and guided mastery therapy of agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1995;33(4):423‐34.
Hoffart A. Cognitive and guided mastery therapy of agoraphobia: long‐term outcome and mechanisms of change. Cognitive Therapy and Research 1998;22(3):195‐207.
Hoffart A. Cognitive mediators of situational fear in agoraphobia. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry 1995;26(4):313‐20.
Hoffart A. Interpersonal problems among patients suffering from panic disorder with agoraphobia before and after treatment. British Journal of Medical Psychology 1997;70(2):149‐57.
Hoffart A, Hedley LM. Personality traits among panic disorder with agoraphobia patients before and after symptom‐focused treatment. Journal of Anxiety Disorders 1997;11(1):77‐87.
Hoffart A, Hedley LM, Thornes K, Larsen SM, Friis S. Therapists' emotional reactions to patients as a mediator in cognitive behavioural treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy 2006;35(3):174‐82.

Karekla 2004 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Karekla M. A Comparison Between Acceptance Enhanced Cognitive Behavioral and Panic Control Treatment for Panic Disorder [Doctoral dissertation]. University at Albany, State University of New York, 2004.
Karekla M. A comparison between acceptance‐enhanced panic control treatment and panic control treatment for panic disorder. Dissertation Abstracts International 2005;65(9b):4835.
Levitt Jill T, Karekla M. Integrating acceptance and mindfulness with cognitive behavioral treatment for panic disorder. Acceptance and mindfulness‐based approaches to anxiety: conceptualization and treatment. Springer US, 2005:165‐88.

Klosko 1988 {published data only}

Klosko JS. Comparison of alprazolam and cognitive‐behavior therapy in treatment of panic disorder. Dissertation Abstracts International 1988;49(5‐b):1945.
Klosko JS, Barlow DH, Tassinari R, Cerny JA. A comparison of alprazolam and behavior therapy in treatment of panic disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1990;58(1):77‐84.
Klosko JS, Barlow DH, Tassinari RB, Cerny JA. Comparison of alprazolam and cognitive‐behavior therapy in the treatment of panic disorder. A preliminary report. Panic and Phobias: Treatment and Variables Affecting Course and Outcome. Springer‐Verlag, 1988.

Korrelboom 2013 {published data only}

Korrelboom K, Peeters S, Blom S, Huijbrechts I. Competitive memory training (COMET) for panic and applied relaxation (AR) are equally effective in the treatment of panic in panic‐disordered patients. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy 2014;44(3):183‐90. [DOI: 10.1007/s10879‐013‐9259‐3]

Lidren 1994 {published data only}

Lidren DM. The differential efficacy of self‐help and group therapy in the treatment of panic disorder and agoraphobia: a treatment comparison study. Dissertation Abstracts International 1994;54(12‐b):6465.
Lidren DM, Watkins PL, Gould RA, Clum GA, Asterino M, Tulloch HL. A comparison of bibliotherapy and group therapy in the treatment of panic disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 1994;62(4):865‐9.

Malbos 2011 {published and unpublished data}

Malbos E, Rapee RM, Kavakli M. A controlled study of agoraphobia and the independent effect of virtual reality exposure therapy. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry 2013;47(2):160‐8.
Malbos E, Rapee RM, Kavakli M. Isolating the effect of virtual reality based exposure therapy for agoraphobia: a comparative trial. Studies in Health Technology and Informatics 2011;167:45‐50.

Marchione 1987 {published data only}

Marchione KE, Michelson L, Greenwald M, Dancu C. Cognitive behavioral treatment of agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1987;25(5):319‐28.

Meulenbeek 2008 {published and unpublished data}

Meulenbeek P, Spinhoven P, Smit F, van Balkom A, Cuijpers P. Cognitive mediation of panic reduction during an early intervention for panic. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 2010;122(1):20‐9.
Meulenbeek P, Willemse G, Smit F, van Balkom A, Spinhoven P, Cuijpers P. Early intervention in panic: pragmatic randomised controlled trial. British Journal of Psychiatry 2010;196:326‐31.
Meulenbeek P, Willemse G, Smit F, van Balkom A, Spinhoven P, Cuijpers P. Early intervention in panic: pragmatic randomised controlled trial: Erratum. British Journal of Psychiatry 2010;196(6):497.
Meulenbeek P, Willemse G, Smit F, van Balkom A, Spinhoven P, Cuijpers P. Early intervention in panic: randomized controlled trial and cost‐effectiveness analysis. Trials 2008;9:67.
Willemse G. Prevention of panic disorder: a randomised clinical trial adjoining cost‐effectiveness study. http://www.isrctn.com/ISRCTN33407455 2005 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Meuret 2008 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Meuret AE, Wilhelm FH, Ritz T, Roth WT. Feedback of end‐tidal pCO2 as a therapeutic approach for panic disorder. Journal of Psychiatric Research 2008;42(7):560‐8.

Meuret 2010 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Meuret AE, Hofmann SG, Rosenfield D. Catastrophic appraisal and perceived control as moderators of treatment response in panic disorder. International Journal of Cognitive Therapy 2010;3(3):262‐77.
Meuret AE, Rosenfield D, Seidel A, Bhaskara L, Hofmann SG. Respiratory and cognitive mediators of treatment change in panic disorder: evidence for intervention specificity. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2010;78(5):691‐704.
Meuret AE, Seidel A, Rosenfield B, Hofmann SG, Rosenfield D. Does fear reactivity during exposure predict panic symptom reduction?. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2012;80(5):777‐85.

Meyerbroker 2011 {published and unpublished data}

Emmelkamp PMG. Virtual reality exposure therapy in agoraphobic participants. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00734370 2008 (accessed 16 March 2015).
Meyerbroker K, Morina N, Kerkhof G, Emmelkamp PM. Virtual reality exposure treatment of agoraphobia: a comparison of computer automatic virtual environment and head‐mounted display. Studies in Health Technology & Informatics 2011;167:51‐6.
Meyerbroker K, Morina N, Kerkhof G, Emmelkamp PMG. Virtual reality exposure therapy does not provide any additional value in agoraphobic patients: a randomized controlled trial. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 2013;82(3):170‐6.
Meyerbroker K, Morina N, Kerkhof G, Emmelkamp PMG. Virtual reality exposure treatment of agoraphobia: a comparison of computer automatic virtual environment and head‐mounted display. Annual Review of CyberTherapy and Telemedicine 2011;9(1):41‐5.

Milrod 2006a {published and unpublished data}

Klass ET, Milrod BL, Leon AC, Kay SJ, Schwalberg M, Li C, et al. Does interpersonal loss preceding panic disorder onset moderate response to psychotherapy? An exploratory study. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry Diseases of the Nervous System 2009;70(3):406‐11.
Milrod B. Outcome studies in psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder. 37th International Meeting of the Society for Psychotherapy Research; 2006 21‐24 June. Edinburgh, 2006:103‐4.
Milrod B. Randomized controlled trial of psychodynamic psychotherapy vs. applied relaxation for panic disorder. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00128388 2005 (accessed 16 March 2015). [NCT00128388]
Milrod B, Leon AC, Busch F, Rudden M, Schwalberg M, Clarkin J, et al. A randomized controlled clinical trial of psychoanalytic psychotherapy for panic disorder [published erratum appears in The American Journal of Psychiatry 2009;164(7):1123]. American Journal of Psychiatry 2007;164(2):265‐72.
Milrod B, Leon AC, Busch F, Rudden M, Schwalberg M, Clarkin J, et al. A randomized controlled clinical trial of psychoanalytic psychotherapy for panic disorder: Erratum. The American Journal of Psychiatry 2007;164(3):529.

Muncy 1991 {published data only}

Muncy SM. Panic: a comparison of four treatment methods. Dissertation Abstracts International 1991;51(12b, pt 1):6115.

Ost 1993 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Ost LG, Westling BE, Hellstrom K. Applied relaxation, exposure in vivo and cognitive methods in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1993;31(4):383‐94.

Ost 1995 {published data only}

Ost LG, Westling BE. Applied relaxation vs cognitive behavior therapy in the treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1995;33(2):145‐58.

Ost 2004 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Ost LG, Thulin U, Ramnero J. Cognitive behavior therapy vs exposure in vivo in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 2004;42(10):1105‐27.
Ramnero J, Ost LG. Panic and avoidance in panic disorder with agoraphobia: clinical relevance of change in different aspects of the disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry 2007;38(1):29‐39.

Petterson 1996 {published data only}

Petterson K, Cesare S. Panic disorder: a cognitive‐behavioural approach to treatment. Counselling Psychology Quarterly 1996;9(2):191‐201.

Rees 1999 {published data only}

Rees CS, Richards JC, Smith LM. The efficacy of information‐giving in cognitive‐behavioural treatment for panic disorder. Behaviour Change 1999;16(3):175‐81.

Reinecke 2013 {published data only}

Reinecke A, Waldenmaier L, Cooper MJ, Harmer CJ. Changes in automatic threat processing precede and predict clinical changes with exposure‐based cognitive‐behavior therapy for panic disorder. Biological Psychiatry 2013;73(11):1064‐70.

Salkovskis 1999 {published data only}

Salkovskis PM, Clark DM, Hackmann A, Wells A, Gelder MG. An experimental investigation of the role of safety‐seeking behaviours in the maintenance of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1999;37(6):559‐74.
Salkovskis PM, Hackmann A, Wells A, Gelder MG, Clark DM. Belief disconfirmation versus habituation approaches to situational exposure in panic disorder with agoraphobia: a pilot study. Behaviour Research and Therapy 2007;45(5):877‐85.

Schmidt 1997a {published data only}

Schmidt NB, Trakowski JH, Staab JP. Extinction of panicogenic effects of a 35% CO2 challenge in patients with panic disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology 1997;106(4):630‐8.

Schmidt 1997b {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Schmidt NB, Staab JP, Trakowski JH, Sammons M. Efficacy of a brief psychosocial treatment for panic disorder in an active duty sample: implications for military readiness. Military Medicine 1997;162(2):123‐9.
Schmidt NB, Woolaway‐Bickel K, Trakowski J, Santiago H, Storey J, Koselka M, et al. Dismantling cognitive‐behavioral treatment for panic disorder: questioning the utility of breathing retraining. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2000;68(3):417‐24.

Scott 1995 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Scott MJ, Stradling SG, Greenfield TA. The efficacy of brief group cognitive therapy programmes for anxiety and depression, and the relevance of a personality disorder diagnosis. World Congress of Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies; 1995 July 11‐15. Copenhagen, 1995.

Sharp 2004 {published data only}

Sharp DM, Power KG, Swanson V. A comparison of the efficacy and acceptability of group versus individual cognitive behaviour therapy in the treatment of panic disorder and agoraphobia in primary care. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy 2004;11(2):73‐82.

Shear 1994 {published data only}

Shear MK, Leon AC, Portera L, Klosko J, Cloitre M. Psychoeducation /reflective listening compared to cognitive‐behavioural treatment in panic disorder. New Research Program and Abstracts ‐ 144th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; 1991 May 11‐16. New Orleans, Louisiana, US, 1991.
Shear MK, Pilkonis PA, Cloitre M, Leon AC. Cognitive behavioral treatment compared with nonprescriptive treatment of panic disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry 1994;51(5):395‐401.

Taylor 1982 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Taylor CB, Kenigsberg ML, Robinson JM. A controlled comparison of relaxation and diazepam in panic disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 1982;43(10):423‐5.

Telch 1993 {published data only}

Telch MJ, Lucas JA, Schmidt NB, Hanna HH, LaNae Jaimez T, Lucas RA. Group cognitive‐behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1993;31(3):279‐87.

Tyrer 1988 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Kingdon D, Tyrer P, Seivewright N, Ferguson B, Murphy S. The Nottingham Study of Neurotic Disorder: influence of cognitive therapists on outcome. British Journal of Psychiatry 1996;169:93‐7.
Klein DF. Nottingham study of neurotic disorder. Lancet 1988;2:1015.
Knerer G, Byford S, Johnson T, Seivewright H, Tyrer P. The Nottingham study of neurotic disorder: predictors of 12 year costs. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 2005;112(3):224‐32.
Seivewright H, Tyrer P, Johnson T. Change in personality status in neurotic disorders. Lancet 2002;359:2253‐4.
Seivewright H, Tyrer P, Johnson T. Prediction of outcome in neurotic disorder: a 5‐year prospective study. Psychological Medicine 1998;28(5):1149‐57.
Seivewright N, Tyrer P, Ferguson B, Murphy S, Johnson T. Longitudinal study of the influence of life events and personality status on diagnostic change in three neurotic disorders. Depression & Anxiety 2000;11(3):105‐13.
Tyrer P, Seivewright H, Ferguson B, Johnson T. Cold calling in psychiatric follow up studies: is it justified?. Journal of Medical Ethics 2003;29(4):238‐42.
Tyrer P, Seivewright H, Johnson T. The Nottingham Study of Neurotic Disorder: Predictors of 12‐year outcome of dysthymic, panic and generalized anxiety disorder. Psychological Medicine 2004;34(8):1385‐94.
Tyrer P, Seivewright H, Simmonds S, Johnson T. Prospective studies of cothymia (mixed anxiety‐depression): How do they inform clinical practice?. European Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience 2001;251(Suppl 2):1153‐6.
Tyrer P, Seivewright N, Ferguson B, Murphy S, Darling C, Brothwell J, et al. The Nottingham Study of Neurotic Disorder: relationship between personality status and symptoms. Psychological Medicine 1990;20(2):423‐31.
Tyrer P, Seivewright N, Ferguson B, Murphy S, Johnson AL. The Nottingham Study of Neurotic Disorder: effect of personality status on response to drug treatment, cognitive therapy and self‐help over two years. British Journal of Psychiatry 1993;162:219‐26.
Tyrer P, Seivewright N, Ferguson B, Tyrer J. The general neurotic syndrome: a coaxial diagnosis of anxiety, depression and personality disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 1992;85(3):201‐6.
Tyrer P, Seivewright N, Murphy S, Ferguson B, Kingdon D, Barczak P, et al. The Nottingham Study of Neurotic Disorder: comparison of drug and psychological treatments. Lancet 1988;2:235‐40.
Tyrer P, Seivewright N, Seivewright H. Long‐term outcome of hypochondriacal personality disorder. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 1999;46(2):177‐85.

Williams 1996 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Williams SL, Falbo J. Cognitive and performance‐based treatments for panic attacks in people with varying degrees of agoraphobic disability. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1996;34(3):253‐64.

Wollburg 2011 {published data only}

Kim S, Wollburg E, Roth WT. Opposing breathing therapies for panic disorder: a randomized controlled trial of lowering vs raising end‐tidal PCO2. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2012;73(7):931‐9.
Roth WT. Breathing regulation training for individuals with panic disorder. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00183521 2005 (accessed 16 March 2015).
Wollburg E, Roth WT, Kim S. Effects of breathing training on voluntary hypo‐ and hyperventilation in patients with panic disorder and episodic anxiety. Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback 2011;36:81‐91.

Andersson 2011 {published and unpublished data}

Andersson G. Internet‐administrated treatment of anxiety symptoms for young adults. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01402258 2011 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Barlow 2000a {published data only}

Barlow DH, Gorman JM, Shear MK, Woods SW. Cognitive‐behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their combination for panic disorder. a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2000;283(19):2529‐36.
Barlow DH, Gorman JM, Shear MK, Woods SW. ERRATUM: Cognitive‐behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their combination for panic disorder. a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2000;284(19):2450.
Barlow DH, Gorman JM, Shear MK, Woods SW. ERRATUM: Cognitive‐behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their combination for panic disorder. a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2001;284(20):2597.
Shear MK, Houck P, Greeno C, Masters S. Emotion‐focused psychotherapy for patients with panic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry 2001;158(12):1993‐8.

Bélanger 2006 {published and unpublished data}

Bélanger C, Vaillancourt L, Dulude D, Archambault M, Rochfort J, Pecknold J, et al. The differential effect of two behavioral therapies on attentional processes of subjects presenting panic disorder [L'effet différentiel de deux thérapies comportementales sur les processus attentionnels de sujets présentant un trouble panique]. Revue Francophone de Clinique Comportamentale et Cognitive 2008;13(2):11‐23.

Benecke 2014 {published data only}

Benecke C. Psychoanalytic therapy (PT) and cognitive‐behavioral therapy (CBT) in outpatients with anxiety (panic disorder/agoraphobia) and comorbid personality disorders: a multicenter prospective randomized superiority trial. http://www.isrctn.com/ISRCTN12449681 2014 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Borden 1986 {published data only}

Clum GA, Watkins PL, Borden JW, Broyles S, Hayes J. A comparison of guided imaginal coping and imaginal exposure in the treatment of panic disorder. Journal of Rational‐Emotive & Cognitive‐Behavior Therapy 1993;11(4):179.

Elsesser 2002 {published and unpublished data}

Elsesser K, Mosch A, Sartory G. Brief psychological treatment for the relief of panic disorder. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy 2002;30(4):423‐30.

Fava 1997 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Fava GA, Savron G, Zielezny M, Grandi S, Rafanelli C, Conti S. Overcoming resistance to exposure in panic disorder with agoraphobia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica 1997;95(4):306‐12.

Gloster 2010a {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Gloster AT. Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) for treatment‐resistant panic disorder with agoraphobia. http://www.isrctn.com/ISRCTN12042066 2010 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Ito 2001 {published data only}

Ito LM, De Araujo LA, Tess VLC, De Barros‐Neto TP, Asbahr FR, Marks I. Self‐exposure therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia. British Journal of Psychiatry 2001;178(4):331‐6.

Michelson 1996 {published data only}

Michelson LK, Marchione KE, Greenwald MT, Testa S, Marchione NJ. A comparative outcome and follow‐up investigation of panic disorder with agoraphobia: the relative and combined efficacy of cognitive therapy, relaxation training, and therapist‐assisted exposure. Journal of Anxiety Disorders 1996;10(5):297‐330.
Murphy MT, Michelson LK, Marchione K, Marchione N, Testa S. The role of self‐directed in vivo exposure in combination with cognitive therapy, relaxation training, or therapist‐assisted exposure in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Journal of Anxiety Disorders 1998;12(2):117‐38.

Teusch 1996 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Teusch L, Bohme H, Gastpar M. The benefit of an insight‐oriented and experiential approach on panic and agoraphobia symptoms. Results of a controlled comparison of client‐centered therapy alone and in combination with behavioral exposure. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics 1997;66:293‐301.

Zane 1993 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Zane G, Williams SL. Performance‐related anxiety in agoraphobia: treatment procedures and cognitive mechanisms of change. Behavior Therapy 1993;196:625‐43.

Bressi 2010a {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Bressi C, Ciabatti M, Nocito EP, Catenacci E, Porcellana, M, Invernizzi G, et al. A preliminary longitudinal study on the importance of early intervention in panic disorder [conference abstract]. Journal of Psychosomatic Research [abstracts from the 19th European Congress of Psychiatry, EPA 2011 Vienna Austria, 12‐15 Mar]. 2011:610.

Foley 2006 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Foley D, Baille A, Renner P. 29th Australian Association for Cognitive and Behaviour Therapy Annual Conference. Manly, 18‐23 October 2006:43.

Franklin 1990 {published data only}

Franklin JA. Behavioural therapy for panic disorder. International Journal of Neuroscience 1990;51:138.

Irgens 2009 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Irgens AC. Thought field therapy and cognitive therapy for agoraphobia. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00932919 2009 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Margraf 1991 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Margraf J, Schneider S. Outcome and active ingredients of cognitive‐behavioural treatments for panic disorder. 25th Conference of the Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy. New York, 1991.

Milrod 2006b {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Milrod B, Leon AC, Fishman B, Barber JP, Chambless D. Dynamic treatment vs. CBT for panic disorder. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00353470 2006 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Richards 1997 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Richards JB, Bickley N, Rees C, Beros P. An investigation of the mechanisms of change in the cognitive behavioural treatment of panic disorder. Health Perspectives: Research Policy and Practice 1997;1(1):35‐44.

Roache 1998 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Roache JD, Oswald LM, Stanley MA, Creason DR, Shah NN. Effects of psychotherapy‐induced anxiety reduction on alprazolam self‐medication behavior. CPDD 1998 Annual Meeting. Scottsdale, 1998:121.

Strauss 1997 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Strauss WH, Klieser E. Combination of pharmaco‐ and psychotherapy in the treatment of panic disorder. European Neuropsychopharmachology 1996;6(Suppl 3):206 (O‐24‐6).

Vincelli 2003 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Vincelli F, Anolli L, Bouchard S, Wiederhold BK, Zurloni V, Riva G. Experiential cognitive therapy in the treatment of panic disorders with agoraphobia: a controlled study. Cyberpsychology and Behavior 2003;6(3):321‐8.

Vincelli 2004 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Vincelli F, Molinari E, Riva G. CBT Virtual Reality Assisted for the Treatment of Panic Disorders with Agoraphobia: A Controlled Study. 35th International Meeting of the Society for Psychotherapy Research. Rome, 16‐19 June 2004:35.

Barlow 2010 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Barlow DH. Efficacy evaluation of a unified transdiagnostic treatment for anxiety disorders. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01243606 2010 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Caspi 2012 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Caspi A. The assessment and treatment of balance impairment using virtual reality (VR) in panic disorder patients. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01677429 2012 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Gensichen 2012 {published data only (unpublished sought but not used)}

Gensichen J. Evaluation of a practice team‐supported, self‐managed exposure training for patients with panic disorder and agoraphobia in primary care [Jena‐PARADISE (Patient Activation foR Anxiety DISordErs)]. http://www.isrctn.com/ISRCTN64669297 2012 (accessed 16 March 2015).
Gensichen J, Hiller TS, Breitbart J, Teismann T, Brettschneider C, Schumacher U, Piwtorak A, König HH, Hoyer H, Schneider N, Schelle M, Blank W, Thiel P, Wensing M, Margraf J. Evaluation of a practice team‐supported exposure training for patients with panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in primary care ‐ study protocol of a cluster randomised controlled superiority trial [2014]. Trials 2014;15:112.

Sandell 2012 {published data only}

Sandell R. Psychotherapy outcome and self‐selection effects in panic disorder. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01606592 2012 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Teismann 2012 {published data only}

Teismann T. Cognitive behavior therapy vs exposure in vivo in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01680237 2012 (accessed 16 March 2015).

Altman 1996

Altman DG, Bland MJ. Detecting skewness for summary information. BMJ 1996;313:1200.

APA 1980

American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 3rd Edition. American Psychiatric Association, 1980.

APA 1987

American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 3rd Edition. American Psychiatric Association, 1987.

APA 2000

American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th Edition. Washington DC: APA, 2000.

APA 2013

American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th Edition. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, 2013.

Barlow 2000b

Barlow DH, Craske MG. Mastery of Your Anxiety and Panic: MAP‐3. New York: Graywind Publications, 2000.

Bernstein 1973

Bernstein DA, Borkovec TD. Progressive Relaxation Training: A Manual for the Helping Professions. Champaign, IL: Research Press, 1973.

Bijl 1998

Bijl RV, Ravelli A, van Zessen G. Prevalence of psychiatric disorder in the general population: results of The Netherlands Mental Health Survey and Incidence Study (NEMESIS). Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology 1998;33:587‐95.

Brooks 1998

Brooks SP, Gelman A. General methods for monitoring convergence of iterative simulations. Journal of Computational and Graphical Statistics 1998;7:434–55.

Bucher 1997

Bucher HC,  Guyatt GH,  Griffith LE,  Walter SD. The results of direct and indirect treatment comparisons in meta‐analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 1997;50(6):683‐91.

Busch 1996

Busch F, Milrod B, Cooper A, Shapiro T. Psychodynamic approaches to panic disorder. Journal of Psychotherapy Practice and Research 1996;5(1):72‐83.

Caldwell 2005

Caldwell DM,  Ades AE,  Higgins JP. Simultaneous comparison of multiple treatments: combining direct and indirect evidence. BMJ 2005;331(7521):897‐900.

Carlbring 2006

Carlbring P,  Bohman S,  Brunt S,  Buhrman M,  Westling BE,  Ekselius L, et al. Remote treatment of panic disorder: a randomized trial of internet‐based cognitive behavior therapy supplemented with telephone calls. American Journal of Psychiatry 2006;163(12):2119‐25.

Chaimani 2013

Chaimani A, Higgins JPT, Mavridis D, Spyridonos P, Salanti G. Graphical tools for network meta‐analysis in STATA. PLoS ONE 2013;8(10):e76654. [DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0076654]

Clark 1985

Clark DM, Salkovskis PM, Chakley J. Respiratory control as a treatment for panic attacks. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry 1985;16:23‐30.

Clark 1986a

Clark DM. A cognitive approach to panic. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1986;24(4):461‐70.

Clark 1986b

Clark DA, Salkovskis PM. Cognitive Treatment of Panic: Therapist's Manual. Oxford, UK: Department of Psychiatry, University of Oxford, 1986.

Cochrane Comparing Multiple Interventions Group

Cochrane Comparing Multiple Interventions Group. [Stream 3: summary of findings tables and GRADE assessments for network meta‐analysis]. http://methods.cochrane.org/cmi/sites/methods.cochrane.org.cmi/files/uploads/SoFTs%20and%20GRADE%20for%20NMA.pdf (accessed 11 April 2016).

Cohen 1960

Cohen J. A coefficient of agreement for nominal scales. Educational and Psychological Measurement 1960;20:37‐46. [DOI: 10.1177/001316446002000104]

Dannon 2002

Dannon PN, Iancu I, Grunhaus L. Psychoeducation in panic disorder patients: effect of a self‐information booklet in a randomized, masked‐rater study. Depression and Anxiety 2002;16(2):71‐6.

Eaton 1994

Eaton WW, Kessler RC, Wittchen H‐U, Magee WJ. Panic and panic disorder in the United States. American Journal of Psychiatry 1994;151:413‐20.

Elbourne 2002

Elbourne DR, Altman DG, Higgins JP, Curtin F, Worthington HV, Vail A. Meta‐analyses involving cross‐over trials: methodological issues. International Journal of Epidemiology 2002;31:140‐9. [DOI: 10.1093/ije/31.1.140]

Feighner 1972

Feighner JP, Robins E, Guze SB, Woodruff RA, Winokur G, Munoz R. Diagnostic criteria for use in psychiatric research. Archives of General Psychiatry 1972;26:57‐63.

Furukawa 2005

Furukawa TA, Cipriani A, Barbui C, Brambilla P, Watanabe N. Imputing response rates from means and standard deviations in meta‐analysis. International Clinical Psychopharmacology 2005;20:49‐52.

Furukawa 2006

Furukawa TA, Barbui C, Cipriani A, Brambilla P, Watanabe N. Imputing missing standard deviations in meta‐analyses can provide accurate results. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 2000;59:7‐10.

Furukawa 2007

Furukawa TA, Watanabe N, Churchill R. Combined psychotherapy plus antidepressants for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2007, Issue 1. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD004364.pub2]

Glenny 2005

Glenny AM, Altman DG, Song F, Sakarovitch C, Deeks JJ, D’Amico R, et al. Indirect comparisons of competing interventions. Health Technology Assessment 2005;9(26):1‐134.

Gloster 2011

Gloster AT,  Wittchen HU,  Einsle F,  Lang T,  Helbig‐Lang S,  Fydrich T, et al. Psychological treatment for panic disorder with agoraphobia: a randomized controlled trial to examine the role of therapist‐guided exposure in situ in CBT. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2011;79(3):406‐20.

Goisman 1995

Goisman RM, Warshaw MG, Steketee GS, Fierman EJ, Rogers MP, Goldenberg I, et al. DSM‐IV and the disappearance of agoraphobia without a history of panic disorder: new data on a controversial diagnosis. American Journal of Psychiatry 1995;152:1438‐43.

Gorman 2000

Gorman JM, Kent JM, Sullivan GM, Coplan JD. Neuroanatomical hypothesis of panic disorder, revised. American Journal of Psychiatry 2000;157:493‐505.

Grant 2006

Grant BF, Hasin DS, Stinson FS, Dawson DA, Goldstein RB, Smith S, et al. The epidemiology of DSM‐IV panic disorder and agoraphobia in the United States: results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2006;67:363‐74.

Greenberg 2004

Greenberg LS. Emotion–focused therapy. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy 2004;11:3‐16.

Guaiana 2013

Guaiana G, Barbui C, Chiodo D, Cipriani A, Davies SJC, Imai H, et al. Azapirones versus placebo for panic disorder in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2013, Issue 11. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD010828]

Guaiana 2013a

Guaiana G, Barbui C, Chiodo D, Cipriani A, Davies SJC, Koesters M. Antidepressants versus placebo for panic disorder in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2013, Issue 7. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD010676]

Guaiana 2013b

Guaiana G, Barbui C, Chiodo D, Cipriani A, Davies SJC, Koesters M. Benzodiazepines versus placebo for panic disorder in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2013, Issue 7. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD010677]

Guy 1976

Guy W. Clinical Global Impressions. In: ECDEU Assessment Manual for Psychopharmacology, revised (DHEW Publ No ADM 76‐338). National Institute of Mental Health, 1976:218–222.

Hayes 1999

Hayes SC, Strosahl KD, Wilson KG. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: An Experiential Approach to Behavior Change. New York, NY: Guilford Press, 1999.

Hayes 2004

Hayes SC. Acceptance and commitment therapy, relational frame theory, and the third wave of behavioral and cognitive therapies. Behavior Therapy 2004;35:639‐65.

Higgins 2003

Higgins JP, Thompson SG, Deeks JJ, Altman DG. Measuring inconsistency in meta‐analyses. BMJ 2003;327(7414):557‐60.

Higgins 2011

Higgins JPT, Green S (editors). Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews of Interventions Version 5.1.0 [updated March 2011]. The Cochrane Collaboration, 2011. Available from www.cochrane‐handbook.org.

Higgins 2012

Higgins JPT, Jackson D, Barrett JK, Lu G, Ades AE, White IR. Consistency and inconsistency in network meta‐analysis: concepts and models for multi‐arm studies. Research Synthesis Methods 2012;3(2):98‐110.

Hofmann 2008

Hofmann SG, Smits JAJ. Cognitive‐behavioral therapy for adult anxiety disorders: a meta‐analysis of randomized placebo‐controlled trials. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 2008;69(4):621‐32.

Kessler 2006

Kessler RC, Chiu WT, Jin R, Ruscio AM, Shear K, Walters EE. The epidemiology of panic attacks, panic disorder, and agoraphobia in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry 2006;63:415‐24.

Kim 2009

Kim YW,  Lee SH,  Choi TK,  Suh SY,  Kim B,  Kim CM, et al. Effectiveness of mindfulness‐based cognitive therapy as an adjuvant to pharmacotherapy in patients with panic disorder or generalized anxiety disorder. Depression and Anxiety 2009;26(7):601‐6.

King 2008

King M, Nazareth I, Levy G, Walker C, Morris R, Weich S, et al. Prevalence of common mental disorders in general practice attendees across Europe. British Journal of Psychiatry 2008;192:362‐7.

Klein 1983

Klein DF,  Zitrin CM,  Woerner MG,  Ross DC. Treatment of phobias. II. Behavior therapy and supportive psychotherapy: are there any specific ingredients?. Archives of General Psychiatry 1983;40(2):139‐45.

Klein 1993

Klein DF. False suffocation alarms, spontaneous panics, and related conditions. An integrative hypothesis. Archives of General Psychiatry 1993;50:306–17.

Lee 2007

Lee SH,  Ahn SC,  Lee YJ,  Choi TK,  Yook KH,  Suh SY. Effectiveness of a meditation‐based stress management program as an adjunct to pharmacotherapy in patients with anxiety disorder. Journal of Psychosomatic Research 2007;62:189–95.

Ley 1985

Ley RA. Blood, breath and fears: a hyperventilation theory of panic attacks and agoraphobia. Clinical Psychology Review 1985;5:271–85.

Lu 2004

Lu G, Ades AE. Combination of direct and indirect evidence in mixed treatment comparisons. Statistics in Medicine 2004;30(20):3105‐24.

Ludwig 2008

Ludwig DS,  Kabat‐Zinn J. Mindfulness in medicine. JAMA 2008;300(11):1350‐2.

Lumley 2002

Lumley T. Network meta‐analysis for indirect treatment comparisons. Statistics in Medicine 2002;21(16):2313‐24.

Marks 1979

Marks IM, Mathews AM. Brief standard self‐rating for phobic patients. Behavior Research and Therapy 1979;17:263‐7.

Marks 1981

Marks IM. Cure and Care of Neuroses: Theory and Practice of Behavioural Psychotherapy. New York: Wiley, 1981.

Meuret 2010a

Meuret AE, Rosenfield D, Seidel A, Bhaskara L, Hofmann SG. Respiratory and cognitive mediators of treatment change in panic disorder: evidence for intervention specificity. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 2010;78:691‐704.

Meuret 2010b

Meuret AE,  Ritz T. Hyperventilation in panic disorder and asthma: empirical evidence and clinical strategies. International Journal of Psychophysiology 2010;78(1):68‐79.

Meuret 2012

Meuret AE,  Wolitzky‐Taylor KB,  Twohig MP,  Craske MG. Coping skills and exposure therapy in panic disorder and agoraphobia: latest advances and future directions. Behavior Therapy 2012;43(2):271‐84.

Milrod 1997

Milrod B, Busch F, Cooper A, Shapiro T. Manual of Panic‐Focused Psychodynamic Psychotherapy. Arlington: American Psychiatric Publishing, 1997.

Milrod 2007

Milrod B,  Leon AC,  Busch F,  Rudden M,  Schwalberg M,  Clarkin J, et al. A randomized controlled clinical trial of psychoanalytic psychotherapy for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry 2007;164(2):265‐72.

Mitte 2005

Mitte K. A meta‐analysis of the efficacy of psycho‐ and pharmacotherapy in panic disorder with and without agoraphobia. Journal of Affective Disorders 2005;88(1):27‐45.

NICE 2011

[CG113] Generalised anxiety disorder and panic disorder (with or without agoraphobia) in adults: management in primary, secondary and community care. NICE clinical guidelines2011.

Nordin 2010

Nordin S,  Carlbring P,  Cuijpers P,  Andersson G. Expanding the limits of bibliotherapy for panic disorder: randomized trial of self‐help without support but with a clear deadline. Behavior Therapy 2010;41(3):267‐76.

Ost 1987

Ost LG. Applied relaxation: description of a coping technique and review of controlled studies. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1987;25(5):397‐409.

Ost 1988

Ost LG. Applied relaxation vs progressive relaxation in the treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1988;26(1):13‐22.

Roemer 2008

Roemer L, Erisman SM, Orsillo SM. Mindfulness and acceptance‐based treatments for anxiety disorders. In: Antony MM, Stein MB editor(s). Oxford Handbook of Anxiety and Related Disorders. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008:476‐87.

Rogers 1980

Rogers CR. A Way of Being. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1980.

Salanti 2008

Salanti G, Higgins JPT, Ades AE, Ioannidis JPA. Evaluation of networks of randomized trials. Statistical Methods in Medical Research 2008;17:279. [DOI: 10.1177/0962280207080643]

Salanti 2009

Salanti G,  Marinho V,  Higgins JP. A case study of multiple‐treatments meta‐analysis demonstrates that covariates should be considered. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 2009;62(8):857‐64.

Salanti 2011

Salanti G, Ades AE, Ioannidis JPA. Graphical methods and numerical summaries for presenting results from multiple‐treatment meta‐analysis: an overview and tutorial. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 2011;64:163‐71.

Salanti 2012

Salanti G. Indirect and mixed‐treatment comparison, network, or multiple‐treatments meta‐analysis: many names, many benefits, many concerns for the next generation evidence synthesis tool. Research Synthesis Methods 2012;3(2):80‐97.

Salanti 2014

Salanti G, Del Giovane C, Chaimani A, Caldwell DM, Higgins JP. Evaluating the quality of evidence from a network meta‐analysis. PLoS One 2014;9(7):e99682.

Salkovskis 1991

Salkovskis PM, Clark DM, Hackmann A. Treatment of panic attacks using cognitive therapy without exposure or breathing retraining. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1991;29:161‐6.

Schmidt 1994

Schmidt NB. Elimination of Safety Maneuvers: Cognitive Behavioral Treatment for Panic Disorder with Agoraphobia. Bethesda: USUHS, 1994.

Schulz 1995

Schulz KF, Chalmers I, Hayes RJ, Altman DG. Empirical evidence of bias. Dimensions of methodological quality associated with estimates of treatment effects in controlled trials. JAMA 1995;273(5):408–12.

Shear 1997

Shear MK, Brown TA, Barlow DH, Money R, Sholomskas DE, Woods SW, et al. Multicenter collaborative panic disorder severity scale. American Journal of Psychiatry 1997;154(11):1571‐5.

Sorby 1991

Sorby NG,  Reavley W, Huber JW. Self help programme for anxiety in general practice: controlled trial of an anxiety management booklet. British Journal of General Practice 1991;41(351):417‐20.

Spineli 2013

Spineli LM,  Higgins JPT,  Cipriani A,  Leucht S, Salanti G. Evaluating the impact of imputations for missing participant outcome data in a network meta‐analysis. Clinical Trials 2013;10(3):378‐88. [DOI: 10.1177/1740774512470317]

Spitzer 1978

Spitzer RL, Robins E. Research diagnostic criteria: rationale and reliability. Archives of General Psychiatry 1978;35(6):773‐82.

Starcevic 2009

Starcevic V. Anxiety Disorders in Adults: a Clinical Guide. Oxford University Press, 2009.

Sterne 2000

Sterne JA, Gavaghan D, Egger M. Publication and related bias in meta‐analysis: power of statistical tests and prevalence in the literature. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology 2000;53(11):1119‐29.

Sánchez‐Meca 2010

Sánchez‐Meca J,  Rosa‐Alcázar AI,  Marín‐Martínez F,  Gómez‐Conesa A. Psychological treatment of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia: a meta‐analysis. Clinical Psychology Review 2010;30(1):37‐50.

Telch 1990

Telch MJ, Schmidt NB. Cognitive–behavioral Treatment for Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia: Panic Inoculation Treatment Manual. Unpublished manuscript, 1990.

Turner 2012

Turner RM,  Davey J,  Clarke MJ,  Thompson SG,  Higgins JP. Predicting the extent of heterogeneity in meta‐analysis, using empirical data from the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. International Journal of Epidemiology 2012;41(3):818‐27.

Van den Hout 1994

Van den Hout M, Arntz A, Hoekstra R. Exposure reduced agoraphobia but not panic, and cognitive therapy reduced panic but not agoraphobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy 1994;32:447‐51.

Vøllestad 2012

Vøllestad J,  Nielsen MB,  Nielsen GH. Mindfulness‐ and acceptance‐based interventions for anxiety disorders: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. British Journal of Clinical Psychology 2012;51:239–60.

Watanabe 2009

Watanabe N, Churchill R, Furukawa TA. Combined psychotherapy plus benzodiazepines for panic disorder. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2009, Issue 1. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD005335.pub2]

White 2011

White IR. Multivariate random‐effects meta‐regression: updates to mvmeta. The STATA Journal 2011;11:255–70.

White 2012

White IR, Barrett JK, Jacksona D, Higgins JPT. Consistency and inconsistency in network meta‐analysis: model estimation using multivariate meta‐regression. Research Synthesis Methods 2012;3:111‐25.

WHO 1992

World Health Organization. The ICD‐10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders: Diagnostic Criteria for Research. Geneva: World Health Organization, 1992.

Wiborg 1996

Wiborg IM, Dahl AA. Does brief dynamic psychotherapy reduce the relapse rate of panic disorder?. Archives of General Psychiatry 1996;53:689‐94.

Williams 1990

Williams SL. Guided mastery treatment of agoraphobia: beyond stimulus exposure. Progress in Behavior Modification 1990;26:89‐121.

Wims 2010

Wims E,  Titov N,  Andrews G,  Choi I. Clinician‐assisted Internet‐based treatment is effective for panic: a randomized controlled trial. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry 2010;44(7):599‐607.

Winston 2004

Winston A, Rosenthal RN, Pinsker H. Introduction to Supportive Psychotherapy. American Psychiatric Publishing, 2004.

Xiao 2011

Xiao Z, Li C, Wang J. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) for panic disorder. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2011, Issue 4. [DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD009083]

Zitrin 1978

Zitrin CM,  Klein DF,  Woerner MG. Behavior therapy, supportive psychotherapy, imipramine, and phobias. Archives of General Psychiatry 1978;35(3):307‐16.

Pompoli 2014

Pompoli A, Furukawa T A, Imai H, Tajika A, Efthimiou O, Salanti G. Psychological therapies for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2014, Issue 2.

Characteristics of studies

Characteristics of included studies [ordered by study ID]

Addis 2004

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: participants were eligible for the study if they met DSM‐IV diagnostic criteria for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia or were subthreshold for a strict diagnosis of panic disorder but identified panic symptoms as their primary reason for seeking treatment (no subthreshold patient actually entered the study: "seventy‐three percent of participants met criteria for panic disorder with agoraphobia, and 27% met criteria for panic disorder without agoraphobia")

Exclusion criteria: participants were excluded if they were seeking treatment for a problem other than panic or anxiety, had an untreated substance‐use problem in the last 6 months, had a diagnosis of psychosis in the past 5 years, were currently judged to be at risk for suicide, or were concurrently involved in other individual psychotherapy. No exclusions were made on the basis of medication use for anxiety or other comorbid psychological or medical problems.

Characteristics of the sample:

  • Age: mean age 39.9 years (SD 12.9, range 18 to 70)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 73%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 65%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 39%

Interventions

Participants (n = 80) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Panic control therapy (classified as CBT, n = 38)

  • Therapy format: not stated

  • Duration of each session: not stated

  • Mean number of sessions: 12 to 15

  • Duration of intervention: 12 to 15 weeks

2) Treatment as usual (classified as SP, n = 42)

  • Therapy format: not stated

  • Duration of each session: not stated

  • Mean number of sessions: not stated

  • Duration of intervention: not stated

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 5.5 months, 8.5 months, 1 year, 2 years

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI–1), Outcome Questionnaire (OQ–45)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: PDSS below a cut‐off score* at 5.5‐month follow‐up

ST‐Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: patients who completed fewer than 6 sessions

Continuous scale: PDSS at baseline and at 5.5 months

LT‐Remission/Response: PDSS below a cut‐off score* at 1 year follow‐up

Notes

* "Cut scores from published norms were obtained for the PDSS (Shear et al., 2001), the OQ–45 (Lambert et al., 1996), the FQ (Gillis, Haaga, & Ford, 1995), and the BDI–1 (Seggar, Lambert, & Hansen, 2002)"

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

All randomised patients (n = 80) were assessed at 5.5‐month follow‐up

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Low risk

All randomised patients (n = 80) were assessed at 1‐year follow‐up

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Low risk

"Ten therapists agreed to participate. None of them identified their primary theoretical orientation as cognitive–behavioral; as a group they were approximately equally distributed between eclectic, family systems, psychodynamic, and humanistic in their self‐described orientation."

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"We rated therapist adherence for 67 of the 80 cases in the study. Data were missing for 11 cases in which the clients did not attend any treatment sessions and 2 cases in which the therapists had audiotaping difficulties. Cases with missing adherence data did not differ from the rest of the sample on any of the primary outcome measures at pre‐ or posttreatment.

PCT therapists scored higher than TAU therapists on all of the PCT interventions except for agoraphobic exposure, in which the frequency of use was low with no differences between the treatments."

Al Kubaisy 1992

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 60 years, agora‐, social or specific phobic disorder on ICD‐10 criteria for at least a year, mean 4‐phobic‐targets score of greater than 20 on a 0 to 32 scale, written informed consent (patients were told they would be in a research study about the best way to treat their kind of problem)

Exclusion criteria: severe organic disease; failed exposure treatment in the last year; more than 2 units of alcohol a day from at least 3 weeks before entering the trial; on medication or on a stable dose of more than the daily equivalent of 5 mg of diazepam, 100 mg imipramine or 10 mg propranolol, taken only at night, for at least 4 months (by when it was unlikely to have any further effect, so this minority was retained to boost cell size)

Characteristic of the sample (agoraphobia sub‐sample):

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 34) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Daily live self exposure homework + clinician accompanied live exposure (classified as BT, n = 13)

  • Therapy format: not stated

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

2) Daily live self exposure homework with six negotiation and monitoring sessions (classified as BT, n = 11)

  • Therapy format: not stated

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

3) Daily self relaxation homework with six negotiation and monitoring sessions (classified as PT, n = 10)

  • Therapy format: not stated

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 8 weeks, 14 weeks, 26 weeks

Measures: Fear Questionnaire (FQ), panic frequency, Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Hamilton Depression (HAM‐D), Global Improvement (CGI‐I), Global Severity (CGI‐S)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured for agoraphobia sub‐sample (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: refusers and dropouts before week 8

Continuous scale: although measured (CGI) detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

ST‐Remission not measured: imputed from CGI‐S, which was rated by "an assessor (psychiatrists, psychologists and nurse therapists) kept blind to the treatment condition."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

29% of randomised patients (agoraphobia sub‐sample) did not receive/complete the assigned intervention. Dropouts imbalanced in number across the 3 arms. Refusers and dropouts data not reported.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"Both Ee and e patients had the rationale of exposure explained at the 1st session, and were asked to read the self‐help chapter from Living With Fear (Marks IM, 1980) and to follow its guidelines". Marks IM is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Other bias

Unclear risk

Modification of the original sample with replacements. Number and randomisation of replacements not specified.

Arch 2012

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM–IV diagnosis of one or more anxiety disorders, including panic disorder with or without agoraphobia (PD/A), social anxiety disorder (SAD), specific phobia (SP), obsessive‐compulsive disorder (OCD), or generalised anxiety disorder (GAD)

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample (agoraphobia sub‐sample):

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = unclear) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Acceptance and commitment therapy (classified as 3W, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: pre‐treatment, post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up, 12 months follow‐up

Measures: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule–IV (ADIS–IV), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Penn State Worry Questionnaire (PSWQ), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Main Target Phobia Scale (a single‐item avoidance rating for each participant's "main phobia"), Quality of Life Inventory (QOLI), Acceptance and Action Questionnaire–16 (AAQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: although reported (Clinical Severity Rating on ADIS‐IV lower than 4), ST‐Remission could not be calculated following an ITT principle (number of PD/A patients randomised to each arm not specified)

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: not measured

Continuous scale: ASI at pre‐ and post‐treatment

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"Randomization sequences were produced by http://www.randomizer.org"

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"One hundred and forty‐three participants [...] were randomized to ACT (n=65) or CBT (n=78). All participants who began treatment (n=128) were included in the intent‐to‐treat (ITT) sample (n 57=ACT, n=71 CBT)".

Data for randomised patients who did not begin treatment unavailable.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Unclear risk

"CBT for anxiety disorders followed a protocol authored by Craske"; "ACT for anxiety disorders followed a manual authored by Eifert and Forsyth".

Both Craske MG and Eifert GH are among the study authors: although possible, the direction of a researcher allegiance bias would be unclear.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All sessions were videotaped for supervision purposes with a hidden video camera; sessions were also audiotaped for therapy adherence purposes with a discrete digital recorder. Videos were generally played in supervision sessions or watched beforehand by supervisors."

Arntz 2002

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 17 and 70 years, primary DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with no or mild agoraphobic avoidance, panic disorder for at least 3 months, at least one panic attack during the previous 4 weeks, asking for treatment of panic disorder. No use of serotonergic antidepressants or benzodiazepines (for at least 4 weeks; patients using this medication were, if they agreed, taken off medication), or if unwilling to stop medication, keeping this medication at a constant level during treatment or stopping it during treatment.

Exclusion criteria: depressive disorder preceding the current episode of panic disorder or requiring immediate treatment; behaviour therapy received for panic disorder; evidence of organic mental disorders, mental retardation, psychotic disorders, alcohol or drug dependence, cardiovascular disease, asthma, epilepsy; medical contraindication for exposure, behavioural experiments or hyperventilation.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: 34.8 years (range 20 to 65)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 27.5%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (mood disorder 33.3%)

Interventions

Participants (n = 69) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy (classified as CT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: individual/group

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes (individual sessions)/105 minutes (group sessions)

  • Mean number of sessions: 16

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks (plus 2 sessions after 1 and 6 months)

2) Interoceptive exposure (classified as BT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: individual/group

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes (individual sessions)/105 minutes (group sessions)

  • Mean number of sessions: 16

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks (plus 2 sessions after 1 and 6 months)

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment (16 weeks), 1‐month follow‐up, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: panic diary, Fear of Fear Questionnaire, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), State–Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Symptom Check List (SCL‐90)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: although measured (panic‐free at post‐treatment), data cannot be used to calculate remission following an ITT principle (n randomised for each arm is unclear)

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: detailed data are not reported

Continuous scale: although measured, detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (panic‐free at 6 months follow‐up) detailed data are not reported

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. Pre‐planned measures are not reported with sufficient details.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"There were weekly supervisions, during which each case was presented in detail and adherence to the protocol was checked. Care was taken to exclude cognitive techniques from the IE treatment, and exposure techniques from the CT treatment."

Barlow 1989

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with mild or no agoraphobic avoidance. The interviewers rated the severity of the disturbance on a 0 to 8‐point scale (reflecting co‐jointly distress and disability from the disorder), and only clients whose severity rating was at least 4 were included in the study. Finally, only subjects who reported the presence of at least 1 panic attack in a 2‐week period prior to assessment were included. Subjects on medications or receiving alternative psychotherapies for the requisite time, and who met suitability criteria, were included under the agreement that medication regime and psychotherapy contact were maintained at constant levels throughout.

Exclusion criteria: aged below 18 or above 65 years; current alcohol or drug dependency/abuse; primary diagnosis of major depression, and any signs of psychosis or organic brain syndrome. In addition, clients concurrently involved in other psychotherapy programs were assessed for suitability only if the alternative therapy was not focused on anxiety management, and they had been in therapy for at least 6 months. Finally, subjects were excluded if they had begun benzodiazepines within the past 3 months or MAO inhibitors or tricyclic antidepressants within the past 6 months.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for the ITT sample (completers sub‐sample mean age 31.7 years, SD 8.3)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for the ITT sample (25% in completers sub‐sample)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified for the ITT sample (5% in completers sub‐sample)

Interventions

Participants (n = 71) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 16)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

2) Applied progressive muscle relaxation (classified as PT, n = 15)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

3) Exposure and cognitive restructuring (classified as CBT, n = 16)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

4) Relaxation combined exposure and cognitive restructuring (classified as CBT, n = 24)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: assessments were conducted at pre‐treatment and post‐treatment. Active treatment group subjects were also assessed 3 months, 6 months, 12 months and 24 months after treatment completion.

Measures: Anxiety Disorder Interview Schedule‐Revised (ADIS‐R), Trait Scale of the State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI‐T), Cognitive‐Somatic Anxiety Questionnaire, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Psychosomatic Rating Scale, Subjective Symptom Scale, self monitoring records (regarding daily fluctuations in anxiety and depression and occurrence of panic attacks), composite criteria for treatment responder (20% improvement in at least 3 of the following 4 measures: (1) clinical rating of severity (at least 2 points); (2) client's self rating from the Fear Questionnaire (at least 2 points); (3) number of panic attacks per week, and (4) Subjective Symptom Scale total score (at least 8 points) and End‐State Functioning (applied only to treatment responders. At least three of the following five criteria had to be obtained for high end‐state status: (1) score of 2 or less on the clinician's rating of severity; (2) score of 2 or less for the client's self rating; (3) 0 panic attack per week; (4) score of 2 or less for the mean anxiety rating, and (5) score of 10 or less for the Subjective Symptom Scale total score).

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning* at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: treatment responder as defined by composite criteria

ST‐Dropouts: subjects who did not complete assigned treatment

Continuous scale: Fear Questionnaire (FQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: reported data were not included in the analyses because of high level of dropouts (see Secondary outcomes): "data were available for 23 subjects at the 6‐month follow‐up period (R n=9; E&C n=8; COMB n=6)"

Notes

* "At least three of the following five criteria had to be obtained for high end state status: (1) score of 2 or less on the clinician's rating of severity; (2) score of 2 or less for the client's selfrating; (3) zero panic attack per week; (4) score of 2 or less for the mean anxiety rating, and (5) score of 10 or less for the Subjective Symptom Scale total score. End state functioning was determined if data from only three different measures were present but all three reflected positive or negative responding. End state status could not be determined if more than two of the five measures were missing."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

At least 3 out of 5 criteria had to be obtained for high end‐state status. Although assessor was a "blind, independent rater", only one of those 5 criteria was assessor‐rated, so it was possible for a patient to fall into the end‐state category on the basis of self rated measures only.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"The percentage of dropouts for each condition were 6%, 33%, 6%, and 17%. For the study completers, data were missing at post‐test for several variables due to non‐compliance. The number of missing data points ranged from 1 to 4 variables within each group. Missing data were not replaced by averages."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

High risk

"data were available for 23 subjects at the 6‐month follow‐up period (R n=9; E&C n=8; COMB n=6)."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Barlow DH and Craske MG are authors of a CBT manual (see Barlow 2000b)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"Treatment delivery was examined by means of ratings of the content of therapy sessions from periodic spot checks of audiotapes (all therapy sessions were audiotaped to avoid the possibility of response bias in the therapists verbal behavior during spot checking). Thirty‐five tapes were randomly selected, with the stipulation that each therapist and each treatment phase of each treatment condition were represented in the sample. Two randomly selected five minute segments (excluding the first and last five minutes of the session and including at least three minutes of therapist talk) were rated from each tape. In all cases, raters identified correctly the treatment condition represented by the sample. Judgments of the treatment phase from which the sample came were correct in 31 of the 35 cases; two misjudgements were from the E & C condition and two from the R condition. There were only two instances of inappropriate material; both of which referred to nontargeted problem areas and not to inappropriate treatment technique."

Beck 1987

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: not specified, probably DSM‐III diagnosis of panic disorder (as in another previous study by Ottaviani and Beck described in the book)

Exclusion criteria: not specified

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 29) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = 13)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Brief supportive therapy (classified as APP, n = 16)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 4 weeks, 8 weeks, 12 weeks (only for cognitive therapy group)

Measures: panic frequency

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (not imputed because of skewed distribution of available continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed because of skewed distribution of available continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: although measured (panic frequency), detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"There were no dropouts in either group".

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Beck AT is involved in conceptualisation of cognitive therapy (see Description of the intervention)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Beck 1992

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial, cross‐over design

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, DSM‐III diagnosis of panic disorder or agoraphobia with panic disorder

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 18%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 52%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (35% according to imputation from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 33) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Focused cognitive therapy (classified as CT, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Brief supportive psychotherapy (classified as WL*, n = 16)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 30 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 4 weeks, 8 weeks, 12 weeks (only for focused cognitive therapy group)

Measures: panic frequency, Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Specific Fear Inventory, end‐state functioning (only for focused cognitive therapy group)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: absence of panic attacks (clinician rating, before cross‐over)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers (before cross‐over)

Continuous scale: not extracted (number of assessed patients unclear: "Ns varied across analyses from 14 to 17 patients in the cognitive therapy group and 15 to 16 patients in the brief supportive psychotherapy group")

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

*Brief supportive psychotherapy arm was classified as WL (wait list) because: 1) patients received "8 weeks of supportive contact", apparently different from a proper supportive therapy (which therefore cannot be classified as an active treatment, but rather as a comparator intervention); 2) although this study is presented as having a cross‐over design, only patients in supportive psychotherapy group (all of them) actually did cross‐over.

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

"At each assessment interval, independent clinical raters reviewed patients’ daily logs of panic frequency to determine whether the recorded panic attacks actually met the DSM‐III criteria for panic".

It is unclear whether raters were blind to patients' allocation.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Because of missing values for some variables, Ns varied across analyses from 14 to 17 patients in the cognitive therapy group and 15 to 16 patients in the brief supportive psychotherapy group"

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Beck AT is involved in conceptualisation of cognitive therapy (see Description of the intervention)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Beck 1994

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age 18 to 65 years, DSM‐III primary diagnosis of panic disorder. Patients who reported use of psychotropic medication were withdrawn from these regimes, with at least a 2‐week drug clearance before taking the ADIS‐R.

Exclusion criteria: severe agoraphobia, primary diagnosis of an alternate Axis I diagnosis, current involvement in psychotherapy, alcohol or substance abuse within the previous 6 months, psychotic symptoms, evidence of organic impairment.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for the randomised sample (n = 64) but only for the initially selected sample (n = 70, mean age 37.5 years, SD 9.7)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for the randomised sample (n = 64) but only for the initially selected sample (n = 70, 87% being moderately or mildly agoraphobic)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified for the randomised sample (n = 64) but only for the initially selected sample. Depression percentage among randomised sample was 23% according to imputation based on HAM‐D‐17 score)

Interventions

Participants (n = 64) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy (classified as CT, n = 22)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

2) Relaxation training (classified as PT, n = 20)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

3) Minimal contact control (classified as NT, n = 22)

  • Therapy format: weekly telephone contact

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 5 weeks, 10 weeks. Subjects in the 2 intervention groups were asked to return for 1‐, 3‐ and 6‐months follow‐up visits.

Measures: panic frequency, Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule‐Revised (ADIS‐R), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Hamilton Anxiety and Depression Scales (HAM‐A, HAM‐D), composite index of treatment response (based on 4 variables: global PD severity, number of panic attacks in the previous month, average ACQ and BSQ score, FQ‐Ag score).

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free at post‐test (10 weeks)

ST‐ Response: at least mild improvement on composite index of treatment response*

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: panic‐free at 6 months follow‐up

Notes

* "A composite index of treatment response was derived, using guidelines established by Himadi, Boice, and Barlow (1986) and Barlow et al. (1989). This measure quantified treatment response based on four variables: global PD severity, number of panic attacks in the previous month, an average of ACQ and BSQ scores, and FQ‐Ag score".

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Six subjects dropped out, with 5 (23%) from the CT condition, 1 (5%) from the RT condition, and none (0%) from the MCC condition".

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

High risk

"Of the 17 subjects who completed CT, 16 (94%) were assessed at all three follow‐up points, with 1 subject not assessed at 3 and 6 months. All 19 RT subjects were evaluated at each follow‐up assessment".

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapies under study (note that first author is Beck JG, not Beck AT).

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"We provided weekly clinical supervision for each session to ensure treatment competence. All sessions were videotaped, with 24% (n=34) selected randomly for treatment integrity monitoring"

Beutel 2013

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age 18 to 60 years, primary panic disorder with or without agoraphobia according to DSM‐IV criteria, fluency in the German language, living in the proximity of Mainz. Psychotropic medication, if present, had to be held constant.

Exclusion criteria: psychosis, bipolar disorder, borderline or antisocial personality disorder, active substance abuse, severe medical or neurological disease precluding exposure therapy and ongoing psychotherapy.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: 36.22 years (SD 10.8)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 74.1%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 22.2%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 22.2%

Interventions

Participants (n = 54) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Panic focused psychodynamic therapy (classified as PD, n = 36)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 50 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 24

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 18)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 50 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 24

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, treatment termination, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Structured Clinical Interview for DSM‐IV (SCID‐I and II), Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Clinical Global Impression scale (CGI), Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM‐D), Symptom Checklist (SCL‐90R), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Levels of Emotional Awareness Scale (LEAS)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: PDSS score < 5 in PD or < 7 in PDA at termination

ST‐ Response: at least 40% reduction of PDSS

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

LT‐Remission/Response: PDSS score < 5 in PD or < 7 in PDA at 6 months follow‐up

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"subjects were allocated by an a priori computer‐generated list in a 2: 1 randomization ratio either to Panic Focused Psychodynamic Psychotherapy or to manualized cognitive behavioral therapy plus exposure."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

"Independent, experienced evaluators, blinded to subject condition and therapist orientation, assessed subjects at baseline, at treatment termination and at 6 months follow‐up."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

Patients analysed at post‐treatment:

PFPP n = 28

CBT n = 14

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

High risk

Patients analysed at follow‐up:

PFPP n = 25

CBT n = 13

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol available (registered retrospectively). Reported primary outcome is one among other primary outcomes cited in the protocol: "Principal outcome criterion is the reduction of panic‐related symptoms at the follow‐up 6‐months after treatment. Panic‐related symptoms are measured with standardized questionnaires and interviews, e. g. the AKV‐MI/BSQ/ACQ questionnaires, the Hamilton Anxiety Scale, HAMA, and the Panic Disorder Severity scale, PDSS."

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Milrod B is co‐author of PFPP manual (see Milrod 1997)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

Insufficient information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All treatments were videotaped as a basis for supervision and for later independent assessment of treatment adherence"

Botella 2004

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: 18 years of age or older, met DSM‐IV (American Psychiatric Association, 2000) criteria for the diagnosis of PDA as principal diagnosis and, in the case of taking medication for PDA, did not increase or modify the kind of medication during the study.

Exclusion criteria: psychosis, severe organic illness or substance abuse or dependence

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 34.7 years (SD 12.31)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 82.9%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 66.6%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not reported (29.7% according to imputation from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 37) were randomly assigned to either:

1) In vivo exposure (classified as CBT, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 9

  • Duration of intervention: 9 weeks

2) Virtual reality exposure (classified as CBT, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 9

  • Duration of intervention: 9 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 13)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 9 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: pre‐treatment, post treatment, 12 months follow‐up

Measures: Anxiety Diagnostic Interview Schedule IV (ADIS‐IV), Fear and Avoidance Scales, panic attack record, Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Agoraphobia Subscale of the Fear Questionnaire (FQ‐Ag), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Maladjustment Scale (MS), Clinician Global Impression (CGI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: ASI score < 27

ST‐ Response: panic‐free OR a 50% reduction in panic frequency

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

LT‐Remission/Response: not entered in the analyses (reported LT data refer to the 2 treatment arms, both classified as CBT in this review: comparison not feasible)

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

Random numbers table was used (personal communication)

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Low risk

Randomisation was performed by an experimenter who did not participate in the study (personal communication)

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Assessors were blind to the conditions (personal communication). However, ASI (used to determine ST‐Remission) is a self administered scale.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"All participants in the treatment conditions were assessed at post treatment 1 week after the treatment completion"

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Authors involved in the developing of virtual reality exposure treatment for panic disorder ("This finding has encouraged us to design a VRE treatment for PDA. Our VR programme for PDA includes several VR scenarios")

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"The therapists were well trained in CBT programmes for PDA. Treatment adherence across the therapists was ensured by a specific training in the treatment programmes. Also, the complete team held weekly meetings to supervise the ongoing treatment of all patients"

Brown 1997

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, at least 1 panic attack in the month preceding the intake evaluation

Exclusion criteria: actively psychotic, immediate suicidal or homicidal risk, current abuse of any substance, brain‐damage, in the manic phase of a bipolar disorder without medication

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among the 40 completers, mean age was 33 years, SD 9.8, range 19 to 56)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (75% among the 40 completers)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (52.5% among the 40 completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 48) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Focused cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 14

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

2) Standard cognitive therapy (classified as CT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 14

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, termination, 6 months follow‐up, 12 months follow‐up

Measures: panic frequency, Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale‐Revised (HARS‐R), Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression‐Revised (HRSD‐R), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Agoraphobic Cognition Questionnaire (ACQ), Panic Belief Questionnaire (PBQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: although reported (panic‐free at termination), ST‐Remission could not be calculated following an ITT principle (number of patients randomised to each arm not specified)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed)

ST‐Dropouts: not measured

Continuous scale: panic frequency

LT‐Remission/Response: although reported (panic‐free at 12 months follow‐up), ST‐Remission could not be calculated following an ITT principle (number of patients randomised to each arm not specified)

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Forty‐eight subjects initially agreed to participate in the study and 40 patients successfully completed the study through the l‐year follow‐up period. Of eight patients who dropped out of the study, one patient was hospitalized for medical reasons after receiving five SCT sessions, one patient failed to complete a significant portion of the outcome measures at several assessment points, one patient decided to pursue pharmacotherapy exclusively for panic disorder, three patients decided to pursue alternative psychotherapy interventions, and two patients dropped out of the study for unknown reasons."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"Focused cognitive therapy for panic disorder was developed from a theoretical model of panic disorder (Beck, Emery, & Greenberg, 1985; Clark, 1986)."

Beck AT is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

High risk

"Results of tape ratings indicated that all therapists addressed catastrophic interpretations according to protocol for the 21 patients in the FCT group. However, protocol violations were noted for 8 of the 19 patients who received SCT."

Burke 1997

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: females, primary DSM‐III diagnosis of agoraphobia. Patients were instructed not to change their medication during the trial.

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: in exposure group, mean age was 40 years, SD 8.9; in CBT group, mean age was 40.1, SD 11.08

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (53.8% among the 26 completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 39) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Exposure (classified as BT, n = 20)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

2) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 19)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 180 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Agoraphobia Questionnaire, Spielberger Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), behavioural test, Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Anxiety Scale of the Cognitions Checklist (CCLAS), Probability Questionnaire (PQ), Evaluation Questionnaire (EQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

ACQ (used to determine ST‐Remission) is a self administered scale

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Thirteen participants dropped out of treatment." Reported data refer to treatment completers.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapies under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"CBT session and a tape of an Exp session from each therapist to send to an independent assessor not involved in the trial. The assessor had been trained to teach CT at the Center for Cognitive Therapy, Philadelphia and she teaches a specialist training course in CT in the UK.' A table of random numbers was used to select which of each therapist's CBT and Exp tapes were sent to the assessor. The total sample of tapes came to 18 (10 CBT and eight Exp)."

Carter 2003

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: African American population, DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia

Exclusion criteria: any psychotic disorder, current substance abuse or dependence, significant suicidal ideation/gestures, any comorbid condition receiving a clinical severity rating equal to or greater than that assigned the panic disorder diagnosis

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among the 25 completers, mean age was 42.36 years, SD 6.7, for treatment group; mean age was 4.55 years, SD 5.5, for wait list)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified for ITT sample (among the 25 completers, 84.5% had comorbid depression)

Interventions

Participants (n = 32) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Panic control treatment (classified as CBT, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 11

  • Duration of intervention: 11 weeks

2) Wait‐list control(classified as WL, n = 15)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 11

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: Structured Clinical Interview for DSM‐IV Axis I Disorders (ADIS‐IV), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), The Hyperventilation Questionnaire ‐ Cognitive Subscale (HQC), The Mobility Inventory (MI), African American Acculturation Scale ‐ Short Form (AAAS), Attitude Toward Treatment Questionnaire (ATQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: recovery (based on ASI)*

ST‐ Response: improvement + recovery (based on ASI)*

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

* "To assess clinically significant change, the method described by Jacobson and Truax (1991) was employed. For each dependent variable (except the HQC) for which there were established cutoff scores and test–retest reliability statistics, the level of functioning following therapy for each patient was examined and judged whether it was closer to the mean of a functional population than it was to the dysfunctional population. As suggested by Jacobson and Truax (1991), a reliable change (RC) index was computed for each group to assess whether fluctuations were likely the result of imprecise measurement. Each patient was categorized as recovered (score closer to the mean of the functional than dysfunctional group and RC greater than 1.96), improved but not recovered (score closer to the mean of the functional group, but the change noted did not exceed the RC cutoff of 1.96), or unimproved."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

ASI (used to determine ST‐Remission) is a self administered scale

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Three of the 17 treatment patients were classified as non‐completers. Of the 15 assigned to the wait‐list condition, 4 did not return for the second evaluation (26.6% attrition). We report the data from the remaining 25 patients who completed either treatment or the wait‐list assessment."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

"The lead therapist for all groups was a licensed clinical psychologist who is an African American male with 15 years experience with cognitive behavioral therapy for anxiety disorders."

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Clark 1994

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age 18 to 60 years, DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with no, mild or moderate agoraphobic avoidance, current episode duration at least 6 months (this criterion was intended to minimise spontaneous remission, at least 3 panic attacks in the last 3 weeks, consider panic their main problem, willing to accept random allocation.

Exclusion criteria: depressive disorder severe enough to require immediate psychiatric treatment; cognitive therapy, applied relaxation or imipramine in the current episode; evidence of organic mental disorder, schizophrenia, alcohol or drug dependence, cardiovascular disease, asthma, epilepsy; pregnancy or intention to become pregnant. Concurrent Axis II personality disorder was not a reason for excluding patients unless personality disorder was clearly the primary problem.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among the 64 completers, mean age was 34.6 years, SD 9.2)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (among the 64 completers, 81% had mild or moderate agoraphobic avoidance)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: unclear

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 72) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy + in vivo exposure (classified as CBT, n = 17, n = 21 after re‐randomisation of WL patients)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 24 weeks

2) Applied relaxation + in vivo exposure (classified as BT, n = 17, n = 21 after re‐randomisation of WL patients)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 24 weeks

3) Imipramine + in vivo exposure (not included in this review, n = 22, n = 26 after re‐randomisation of WL patients)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 25 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 24 weeks

4) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 16; after waiting period, 12 patients were re‐randomised to 1 of the 3 active treatments)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 3 months follow‐up, 6 months follow‐up, 15 months follow‐up

Measures: panic frequency, panic‐related distress/disability, Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale (HARS), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Bodily Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Body Sensations Interpretation Questionnaire (BSIQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning* at 3 months (original sample + re‐randomised WL patients)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers (< 3 sessions) at 3 months (original sample)

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), measured on original sample + re‐randomised WL patients

LT‐Remission/Response: high end‐state functioning* at 15 months (original sample + re‐randomised WL patients)

Notes

*High end‐state function was defined as panic‐free and an assessor panic‐related distress/disability rating equal or below 2 ('slight').

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

"Assessments, which included ratings completed by an assessor who was blind to treatment allocation, were at pre‐treatment/waiting‐list, 3, 6, and 15 months."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"Of 72 patients meeting acceptance criteria,3 dropped out (1per treatment). Five who agreed initially to random allocation refused to take imipramine when allocated to that condition. Drop‐outs and refusers after randomisation were replaced and not included in the data analysis.To be classified as a drop‐out, patients had to start treatment but attend no more than two sessions. Patients who attended at least three sessions were considered completers and included in all analyses."

For this review we are not considering the imipramine arm, therefore dropouts (CBT n = 1; BT n = 1; WL n = 0) were low in number and evenly distributed. Therefore, the proportion of missing outcomes is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Low risk

(See above)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"Cognitive therapy (CT) was based on the cognitive theory of panic. Several cognitive and behavioural techniques (see Clark, 1989; Salkovskis & Clark, 1991) were used to help patients identify and change misinterpretations of bodily sensations." Both Clark DM and Salkovskis PM are among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

Insufficient information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"To check therapists' adherence to the treatment protocol ten audiotapes per treatment (each from a different patient) were randomly selected and rated for the presence/absence of features which should be unique to that treatment and for time spent on procedures which should be common to all treatments. There were no protocol violations and the treatments did not differ in times spent on the common procedures."

Clark 1999

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age 18 to 60 years, DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with no, mild or moderate agoraphobic avoidance, current episode duration at least 6 months (this criterion was intended to minimise spontaneous remission, at least 3 panic attacks in the last 3 weeks, consider panic their main problem, willing to accept random allocation, no use of medication (or, if taking psychotropic medication, on a stable dose for at least 3 months with an agreement not to change dosage), record of at least one panic attack while keeping a daily panic diary during a post‐interview 2‐week baseline period.

Exclusion criteria: depressive disorder severe enough to require immediate psychiatric treatment; previous treatment with cognitive therapy or exposure therapy for panic disorder; evidence of organic mental disorder, schizophrenia, alcohol or drug dependence, cardiovascular disease, asthma, epilepsy; pregnancy or intention to become pregnant.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean age 34 years (SD 11.1)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 85%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 12%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (30.2% imputed from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 43) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Full cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = 15)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 66 minutes (average)

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 24 weeks

2) Brief cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = 14)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 71.25 (average)

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 24 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 14)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment/wait list, 3 months post‐treatment follow‐up, 12 months post‐treatment follow‐up

Measures: panic‐anxiety composite measure, panic frequency, panic‐related distress/disability, Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale (HARS), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Body Sensations Interpretation Questionnaire (BSIQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning*

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (high end‐state functioning*), data could not be extracted because the comparison was between the 2 active treatment arms, both classified as CBT (comparison not feasible).

Notes

* "We defined high end‐state functioning as panic free and as an assessor‐scored panic‐related distress—disability rating of 2 or less ('slight')"

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

"Assessments, which included ratings completed by an independent assessor who was unaware of treatment allocation, were at pretreatment/wait list, post‐treatment/wait list, 3‐month post‐treatment follow‐up, and 12‐month post‐treatment follow‐up."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"43 patients were randomized. One patient (allocated to FCT) dropped out after one session, having indicated that she was much improved and could not arrange time off work for further sessions. All other patients completed treatment" (and assessments).

The proportion of missing outcomes is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"During the 1980s, several effective cognitive—behavioral treatments for panic disorder were developed. The two that have been most extensively evaluated are the panic control treatment (PCT) developed by Barlow, Craske, and colleagues and the cognitive therapy program developed by Clark, Salkovskis, Beck, and colleagues."

"To maximize the amount of change achieved in each therapy session, we developed a set of self‐study modules covering the main aspects of therapy and asked patients to complete the modules prior to therapy sessions."

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Regular individual supervision was provided throughout the trial." Insufficient information provided

Cottraux 2009

Methods

Study design: Randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Eligible patients were not allowed to take any psychotropic medication, with the exception of low doses hypnotics, and could not receive psychotherapy during the study.

Exclusion criteria: current major depression, or a score greater than 18 on the Hamilton rating scale for depression; bipolar disorder, schizophrenia or other psychotic disorders; alcoholism, or street drugs use; history of CBT for PDA, or a current psychotherapy; treatment with antidepressants, neuroleptics, anxiolytics or mood stabilisers within the 2 weeks preceding the entry.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: VRET group mean age 37.7 years (SD 7.3); CBT mean age 36.6 years (SD 10.6); WL mean age 37 (SD 11.3)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 0%

Interventions

Participants (n = 92) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Virtual reality exposure therapy (classified as BT, n = 29; n = 43 after re‐randomisation of WL patients)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Cognitive behaviour treatment (classified as CBT, n = 31; n = 44 after re‐randomisation of WL patients)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 32)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment/WL (3 months), 6 months follow‐up, 12 months follow‐up

Measures: Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Chambless Agoraphobic Cognitions scale (ACQ), Panic, Phobia and Generalized Anxiety Scale (PPGAS), State and Trait Anxiety questionnaire (STAI), Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale (HARS), 21‐item Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS), Global Assessment of Functioning scale (GAF), Dissociative Experience Scale (DES), Work and Social Adjustment scale (WSA)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: at least 50% reduction of FQ‐Ag score (original sample) at post‐treatment

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers (original sample)

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS; measured on original + re‐randomised sample)

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (at least 50% reduction of FQ‐Ag score at 12 months follow‐up) data were not entered in the analyses because dropouts exceeded 30% of originally randomised sample (see Secondary outcomes).

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Low risk

"Randomization was kept secret and delivered by the biostatistics department of the CHU of Lyon through a phone call to the secretary of each center"

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

At post‐treatment, 63 patients (on 92 originally randomised) were assessed (see study flow chart).

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

High risk

At 12 months follow‐up, 51 patients (on 87 randomised) were assessed (see study flow chart).

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Low risk

Study protocol available. All of the study's pre‐specified (primary and secondary) outcomes that are of interest in the review have been reported in the pre‐specified way.

Researcher allegiance

Unclear risk

Insufficient information provided

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Craske 1995

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, principal diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia according to DSM‐III‐R criteria, willingness to random assignment to 17 weeks of either placebo or varying dosage regimes of a psychoactive medication, successful withdrawal from psychotropic medications for at least 7 days prior to initial diagnostic evaluation.

Exclusion criteria: hypersensitivity to benzodiazepines; diagnoses of organic disorders, obsessive‐compulsive disorder, psychoses, bipolar disorder, adjustment disorder and current (within the last 6 months) substance abuse/dependence; suicidality; serious medical conditions.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: 36.1 years (SD 11, range 21 to 57)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 67%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 30) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 16)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 75 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 4

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

2) Nondirective supportive therapy (classified as SP, n = 14)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 75 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 4

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: panic disorder and agoraphobia sections of the ADIS‐R, Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Four Dimensional Anxiety, Subjective Symptoms Scale

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: ASI reduced from baseline and < 28 at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

ASI is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Unclear risk

"Sixteen subjects were assigned randomly to CBT, and 14 to NST. One subject dropped out from NST, none dropped out from CBT."

The proportion of missing outcomes is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Craske MG is author of a CBT manual (see Barlow 2000b)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Treatment integrity was addressed via manualized treatments, and ongoing therapy supervision, with review and feedback of approximately 25% of audiotapes of treatment sessions by the principal author."

It is unclear whether all sessions were recorded and selection of audiotapes was randomised.

Craske 2005a

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐IV principal diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. Those who were medicated at the time of the initial diagnostic evaluation were withdrawn from psychotropic medications over a minimum of 4 weeks and washed out for at least 2 weeks prior to a repeat diagnostic evaluation to re‐determine study eligibility.

Exclusion criteria: history of bipolar disorder, psychosis, posttraumatic stress disorder or current substance abuse/dependence

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for randomised sample

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 29.2%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 30.3%

Interventions

Participants (n = 43) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 27)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 11

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 16)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 12 months (after commencement) follow‐up

Measures: panic disorder severity (ADIS‐IV), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Fear Questionnaire‐Agoraphobia subscale (FQ‐Ag), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Subjective Symptoms Scale (SSS)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning*

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

* "Defined as zero daytime and zero nocturnal panic attacks per week over last 2 weeks, panic disorder severity of 3 or less, and no/mild agoraphobia"

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Unclear risk

"Of 43 participants, 27 were assigned to CBT; 3 (11.1%) withdrew during treatment. Sixteen were assigned to WL; none withdrew during WL, but 3 (18.8%) withdrew before (n = 2) or during (n = 1) delayed CBT. Reasons for withdrawal are not known."

It is unclear whether non‐completers were assessed at post‐treatment (probably so)

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Unclear risk

Number of assessed patients at 12 months follow‐up is not reported

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Craske MG is author of a CBT manual (see Barlow 2000b)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"Each treatment session was audiotaped and 25% (n = 112) were selected randomly for independent adherence ratings of each content item of each session (1 = none, 7 = complete adherence) 2 and percent of off‐task discussion. [...] Average adherence ratings ranged from 4.95 (SD = 0.77) to 6.01 (SD = 1.00), with a total average of 5.64 (SD ‐‐ 0.96), indicating good adherence overall."

Creager Berger 2001

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age 18 to 60 years, DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder

Exclusion criteria: exhibiting characteristics of, or currently diagnosed with schizophrenia or any personality disorder; evidence of organic brain syndrome or mental retardation; any change in psychotropic or other medications or currently taking a medication for less than 2 weeks; medical conditions that would interfere with the diagnosis and/or treatment of panic disorder not due to a medical condition; report or exhibition of characteristics of present substance abuse that would meet DSM‐IV criteria; unwillingness or inability to give informed consent; experiencing less than 3 panic attacks within a 4‐week period

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 35.3 years, SD 10.14)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified on ITT sample (90% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = unclear) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Breathing retraining (classified as PT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group/individual

  • Duration of each session: 45 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

2) Cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group/individual

  • Duration of each session: 67.5 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: pre‐treatment, baseline (first session), termination (last session), 4 weeks after termination

Measures: panic diary, Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), end tidal carbon dioxide level (ETCO₂), respiratory rate

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: although reported (panic‐free at termination), ST‐Remission could not be calculated following an ITT principle (number of patients randomised to each arm not specified)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed)

ST‐Dropouts: not reported

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS) at pre‐treatment and at 4 weeks after termination

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"Random assignment occurred by using the random number table from a Sharp scientific calculator"

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Of those accepted into the study, one became ineligible after beginning antidepressants after session 3 of the cognitive therapy group, one failed to attend her 6th breathing retraining session and could not be reached by phone, one dropped out of the cognitive behavioral therapy after session 6, five people failed to show up for the first session and could not be reached by phone, three people stated that they were too busy or not interested in beginning the study, and four people did not return phone calls after the initial screening."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"The primary investigator of the study trained each of the therapists and met with each therapist for 2 hours per week during the treatment phase to review the previous session and preview the following session. Additionally, the CBT therapists brought a script into each session with them in order to ensure thorough deliverance of the treatment."

De Ruiter 1989

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of Panic Disorder with Agoraphobia. Only patients who recognised the symptoms induced by voluntary hyperventilation as similar to their panic attacks were included in the study.

Exclusion criteria: psychotic symptoms; substance abuse

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 34 years (SD 9.2, range 22 to 60). These data probably refer to the completers sub‐sample.

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (49% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 49) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Breathing retraining/cognitive restructuring (classified as CBT, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

2) Exposure therapy (classified as BT, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

3) Breathing retraining/cognitive restructuring + exposure therapy (classified as CBT, n = 15)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline (4 weeks prior to treatment), pre‐treatment, post‐treatment

Measures: Fear Surrey Schedule‐III (FSS‐IZZ), phobic anxiety and avoidance scales, panic attack diary, Bodily Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Symptom CheckIist‐90 (SCL‐90), respiratory rate (RR) and end tidal carbon dioxide pressure (pC0₂).

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Bodily Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

BSQ (used to impute ST‐Remission) is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Of the 49 patients who entered treatment, 40 completed the program. Attrition rates were 4 (24%) for BRCR, 4 (24%) for EXP and 1 (6%) for BRCR + EXP"

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Supervision by a senior clinical psychologist (the second author) was provided on a weekly basis." Unclear whether all sessions for all patients were supervised.

Dow 2000

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: between 18 and 60 years of age; DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder, with or without agoraphobia; current episode duration of at least 3 months; consider panic the main problem; willing to accept random allocation, including the wait list condition. All patients taking medication at the time of entry must have been on a stable dose for 3 months and must have been willing and able to remain on a stable regime for 3 months during the course of treatment.

Exclusion criteria: depressive disorder severe enough to require urgent treatment; undergoing CBT for the current episode; evidence of organic mental disorder, schizophrenia, alcohol or drug dependence, cardiovascular disease, asthma, epilepsy, or pregnancy or intention to become pregnant during the course of the study. Concurrent Axis II personality disorder was not a reason for exclusion unless the personality disorder was clearly the primary problem.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean age 36.8 years (SD 10)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 76.1%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (among completers: 46.4% of Australian patients and 14.1% of Scottish patients)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 186) were randomly assigned to either:

1) CBT ‐ 12 sessions ‐ therapist delivered (classified as CBT, n = 45)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) CBT ‐ 6 sessions ‐ therapist delivered (classified as CBT, n = 45)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

3) CBT ‐ 6 sessions ‐ computer augmented (classified as CBT, n = 50)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

4) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 46)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: unclear

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: panic frequency, panic‐related distress/disability, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), State–Trait Anxiety Inventory, Trait subscale (STAI–T), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Medical Outcomes Survey Short Form 36 (SF‐36)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed)

ST‐Dropouts: not measured (the number of non‐completers for each arm is not specified)

Continuous scale: although measured, data cannot be used because number of assessed patients is not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (panic‐free at follow‐up), data cannot be used because re‐randomisation of WL patients leaves only 3 arms, all classified as CBT (comparison not feasible)

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"In total, 186 patients met entry criteria and were offered and accepted a place in the study. Of these, 163 patients (87.6%) commenced treatment (wait list, n=41; CBT6, n=39; CBT6‐CA, n=41; CBT12, n=42). Twenty‐three patients (14.1%) failed to receive at least three sessions of their respective course of treatment or to provide adequate data and were classified as dropouts."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All sessions for all treatment conditions were tape‐recorded, and a random selection (20%) of tapes were exchanged between sites and rated by Justin A. Kenardy and Michael G. T. Dow to ensure adherence to treatment protocols and therapeutic competence. There were no significant effects for site, treatment, or Site Treatment on protocol adherence or therapeutic adequacy. Therapists also completed a separate checklist for each therapy session to evaluate adherence to the protocol. The correlation between therapist‐rated and externally rated protocol adherence was 0.92 (p .001). No significant differences were found on therapist‐rated treatment protocol compliance across site or treatment or for Site Treatment. Overall, there was 97.1% protocol adherence."

Other bias

Unclear risk

Modification of the original sample with replacements. Number and randomisation of replacements not specified.

Dreessen 1994

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 17 and 70 years, primary DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with no or mild agoraphobic avoidance, panic disorder for at least 12 months, at least a mean of 1 panic attack per week during the previous 4 weeks, asking for treatment of panic disorder, no use of serotonergic antidepressants or benzodiazepines (for at least 4 weeks).

Exclusion criteria: depressive disorder preceding the current episode of panic disorder or requiring immediate treatment; behaviour therapy received for panic disorder; evidence of organic mental disorders, psychotic disorders, alcohol or drug dependence, cardiovascular disease, asthma, epilepsy; medical contraindication for exposure, behavioural experiments or hyperventilation

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 34.1 years, range 21 to 52)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (mood disorder 11% among completers)

Interventions

Participants (n = 37) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy (classified as CT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 13 weeks (plus 2 sessions after 1 and 6 months)

2) Applied relaxation (classified as PT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 13 weeks (plus 2 sessions after 1 and 6 months)

Note that "after the last patient entered the study, a waiting‐list control group was formed. The first 11 men and 7 women meeting the same criteria as used for the treatment group were drawn from the waiting‐list to form a control group." This control group is not considered for this review because it is not randomised.

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment (13 weeks), 1‐month follow‐up, 6‐month follow‐up

Measures: panic diary, Fear of Fear Questionnaire, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), State–Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Depressive Symptoms Inventory (DSI), Symptom Check List (SCL‐90)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: although measured (panic‐free at post‐treatment) detailed data are not reported

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: detailed data are not reported

Continuous scale: although measured, detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (panic‐free at 6 months follow‐up) detailed data are not reported

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. Pre‐planned measures are not reported with sufficient details.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Weekly supervision was given by the first author during the whole treatment." It is unclear whether all sessions for all patients were supervised.

Emmelkamp 1986

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III diagnosis of agoraphobia

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 36 years, SD 18 to 56)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (34.8% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

In a first phase of the study, participants (n = 51) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Exposure in vivo (classified as BT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 3 weeks (1st phase)

2) Rational emotive therapy (classified as CT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 3 weeks (1st phase)

3) Self instructional training (classified as CT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 150 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 3 weeks (1st phase)

In a second phase of the study, all patents received 6 group sessions (150 minutes each) of exposure in vivo.

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐test

Measures: behavioural walk, phobic anxiety and avoidance scales, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Irrational Belief Test (IBT), Symptom Check List (SCL‐90)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: not reported

Continuous scale: although measured, detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. Pre‐planned measures are not reported with sufficient details.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Therapists received a special training for the research project and extensive manuals were used. Therapists were supervised by the senior author." It is unclear whether all sessions for all patients were supervised.

Erickson 2003

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐IV diagnosis of either panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, OCD, social phobia, generalised anxiety disorder, specific phobia or PTSD. There were no limitations on past or concurrent treatments.

Exclusion criteria: active substance abuse or dependence or psychosis

Characteristic of the sample (PDA sub‐sample):

  • Age: not specified for PDA sub‐sample

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for PDA sub‐sample

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified for PDA sub‐sample

Interventions

Participants (PDA sub‐sample, n = 36) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 120 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 11

  • Duration of intervention: 11 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = unclear)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 11 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: although measured (40% reduction in BAI score), data for the PDA sub‐sample are not reported

ST‐Dropouts: not reported for PDA sub‐sample

Continuous scale: the only available measure (BAI) is not considered among outcomes of interest for this review (see Secondary outcomes)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"We assessed clinicians’ adherence to the protocol by asking independent raters to listen to audiotapes of a random sample of sessions (33 tapes, or one of every four sessions). Overall, the ratings indicated that group leaders adhered closely to the intended protocol and that quality of implementation was midway between good and very good."

Gloster 2010

Methods

Study design: multicentre randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: 18 to 65 years old (see protocol), DSM–IV–TR diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia, score of 18 or more on the Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM‐A), score of 4 or more on the Clinical Global Impression (CGI). Patients had to agree to discontinue all psychopharmacological medication and were not allowed to have any concomitant psychotherapy. Patients on psychopharmacological medication underwent a washout period prior to baseline.

Exclusion criteria: unable to comply with the study schedule or requirements; clinically significant suicidal intent; DSM‐IV‐TR diagnosis of any psychotic or bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, or current alcohol dependence; medical condition that could explain symptoms. Other current comorbid diagnoses, including unipolar depression and other anxiety disorders, were allowed unless they were of primary clinical concern.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: in the 3 groups age mean (SD) were respectively: 35.5 (SD 11); 35.5 (SD 10.4); 35.6 (SD 11.2)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 43.2%

Interventions

Participants (n = 369) were randomly assigned to either:

1) CBT variant with therapist‐guided exposure outside the therapy room (classified as BT, n = 163)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 100 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 14

  • Duration of intervention: unclear (12 sessions over 6 weeks + 2 booster sessions at unspecified time)

2) CBT variant with non‐therapist‐guided exposure outside the therapy room (classified as BT, n = 138)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 100 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 14

  • Duration of intervention: unclear (12 sessions over 6 weeks + 2 booster sessions at unspecified time)

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 68)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, intermediate (after the 4th session), post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Structured Interview Guide for the Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM‐A/SIGH‐A), Clinical Global Impression (CGI), Panic Agoraphobia Scale (PAS), Mobility Inventory ‐ Agoraphobia subscale (MI‐Ag)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: PAS score ≤ 8 at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Panic Agoraphobia Scale (PAS)

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (PAS score ≤ 8 at 6 months follow‐up), data cannot be used because re‐randomisation of WL patients leaves only 2 arms, both classified as BT (comparison not feasible)

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Low risk

"The randomization list was generated at the clinical coordination center (Dresden) by personnel not associated with patient care. The study centers were blind to the assignment of subsequent cases and were informed of treatment status only after a fax documenting the included patient was sent to the clinical coordination center. More numbers for each center were drawn than necessary so that treatment condition of final patients in each study center remained unpredictable, thereby ensuring blinding of the randomization throughout the study."

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

The Panic Agoraphobia Scale (PAS, used to determine ST‐Remission) is a self report questionnaire

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

A total of 63 patients (34 + 25 + 4) were lost at post‐treatment assessment (see study flow chart)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Not all of the study's pre‐specified primary outcomes have been reported (Aggregated Panic Disorder Scale and Mobility Inventory: PDS‐MI score). One reported outcome was not pre‐specified (PAS).

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All treatment sessions were videotaped, and a randomly selected sample of almost 18% was evaluated. All raters were blind to treatment condition and evaluated each tape using the therapist adherence and competence rating scale for PD and AG. Adherence and competence were assessed on the basis of a 9‐point scale from 0 (nonexistent) to 8 (optimal adherence/excellent competence).The mean overall ratings of therapy adherence and competence across all sessions were 5.53 (SD 1.29) and 5.73 (SD 1.26), respectively, indicating that therapists demonstrated good levels of adherence to the manual and implemented it with good levels of competence."

Goldstein 2000

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia at least 1 year's duration, agoraphobic avoidance at least moderately severe for the prior 6 months. Participants excluded on the basis of recent medication changes were eligible for reconsideration once medications were stabilised in appropriate limits.

Exclusion criteria: being in therapy elsewhere if not willing to suspend that treatment until the end of the study; on dosages of alprazolam in excess of 1.5 mg daily (or similar dosages for other benzodiazepines); taking antidepressant or antianxiety medication for less than 6 months or change of medication within the last 12 weeks; comorbid diagnoses of thought disorder, major depression, bipolar disorder, or substance dependence; presence of another anxiety disorder more severe than the PDA; DSM‐IV diagnosis of any of the following Axis II disorders: paranoid, schizoid, schizotypal, antisocial or borderline

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 38.16 years (range 22 to 63)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 45.65%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 0%

Interventions

Participants (n = 46) were randomly assigned to either:

1) EMDR (not included in this review, n = 18)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

2) Association and relaxation therapy (classified as PT, n = 13)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 15)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, termination, 5 to 6 weeks after termination

Measures: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Brief Body Sensations Interpretation Questionnaire (BBSIQ), Panic Appraisal Inventory (PAl), Mobility Inventory (MI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Brief Symptom Inventory (BSI), Social Adjustment Scale‐Self‐Report (SAS‐SR), Distress Questionnaire, Panic Disorder Symptom
Severity interview (PDSS), panic/anxiety diary

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: although measured, data concerning ART group are not reported. EMDR is not an included treatment, therefore only data on WL patients could be extracted (comparison not feasible)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Of the 46 participants who entered the study, 4 dropped out prior to the completion of treatment. One dropped out during the waiting list period before she provided posttest data or received her treatment condition assignment. Three participants (one of whom had previously been in the waiting list condition) dropped out or were terminated during EMDR: one because of a marital crisis, another because of deterioration, and a third for repeated cancellations of appointments."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable. Data concerning ART group are not reported.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"To ensure that therapists adhered to the treatment protocol, all sessions were audio‐ Or videotaped and reviewed by Alan J. Goldstein prior to supervision meetings, which were held weekly to discuss clinical issues and proper provision of treatment. Two of the authors, Dianne L. Chambless and Kimberly A. Wilson, and their trained research assistants followed detailed integrity checklists that assessed adherence to treatment protocol, presence of therapist support and reinforcement, and protocol violations, which included introducing other treatments into the session. Adherence checks were conducted on 31% (n = 80) of all sessions. Of these, 33 were independently rated by additional coders to assess reliability. Average percent agreement was 95% for the integrity items identified a priori to be most important. The adherence monitoring team was not otherwise involved in participants' treatment and was unaware of participants' treatment outcome."

Other bias

Unclear risk

Modification of the original sample with replacements. Number and randomisation of replacements not specified.

Gould 1993

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. Subjects were dissuaded from participating in other therapy or self help procedures during the study. Subjects taking medication for anxiety or depression were allowed to participate if they had been stabilised on the medication for at least 4 weeks and continued to have panic symptoms.

Exclusion criteria: seizure disorder, kidney disease, stroke, schizophrenia, organic brain syndrome, emphysema, heart attack, chronic hypertension

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 35.7, SD 10.2, range 19 to 59 years)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (94% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (16% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 33) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Bibliotherapy (not included in this review, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: self help

  • Duration of each session: 0 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

2) Guided imaginal coping (classified as CBT, n = 9)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 12)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 7 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: Daily Panic Attack Records (DPAR), Panic Cognitions Questionnaire (PACQ), Panic Symptoms Questionnaire (PASQ), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Likelihood of Having a Panic Attack, Your Thoughts During a Panic Attack, Coping with Panic Attacks, Panic Self‐Efficacy Questionnaire.

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free

ST‐ Response: panic‐free OR 50% reduction in number of panic attacks, panic symptoms

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI). Note that reported SDs are uncommonly low, so we considered them as being SEs.

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Panic frequency (used to determine ST‐Remission) was self rated

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"Only 2 subjects dropped out: 1 from the WL group and 1 from the BT group. The subject from the WL group reported that she had to move to a different state to seek employment and could no longer continue in the study. The subject from the BT condition completed all the dependent measures of the study, but was not included in the analyses because she had failed to read the book."

For this review we are not considering the bibliotherapy arm, therefore data are missing for only one subject (WL) and reasons for missing outcome data are unlikely to be related to true outcome.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

In bibliotherapy arm, "subjects read the book Coping with Panic (Clum, 1990)." In Guided Imaginal Coping arm, "the protocol for each of the eight treatment sessions was outlined for therapists. These plans were derived primarily from material in Coping with Panic."

Clum G is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"The second author supervised the four therapists weekly in order to ensure the uniformity of treatment procedures, and the research team met regularly for discussion. In addition, some treatment sessions were observed directly, or videotaped and later observed by the first and second authors. A random sample of 8 sessions was observed to ensure treatment integrity."

Griegel 1995

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. Subjects using psychotropic medications were required to maintain a stable dosage for at least 1 month and throughout treatment and evaluation.

Exclusion criteria: comorbid DSM‐III‐R diagnosis rated as severe as panic disorder; being in psychotherapy for anxiety (subjects who were in psychotherapy for other psychological difficulties were included if they had been in a stable therapeutic relationship for at least 3 months).

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 36.03 years, SD 8.02, range 21 to 52)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: unclear (data are measured on 36 patients, not 37. Among these 36 patients, 86% are agoraphobic)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 37) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Breathing retraining ‐ slow respiration rate (classified as PT, n = 11)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 42.5 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 3

  • Duration of intervention: 2 weeks

2) Breathing retraining ‐ increase respiration rate (classified as PT, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 42.5 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 3

  • Duration of intervention: 2 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 14)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 4

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment.

Measures: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule–R (ADIS–R), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Emotional Control Questionnaire (ECQ), Self‐Efficacy Questionnaire (SEQ), Diagnostic Symptom Questionnaire (DSQ), Interoceptive Exposure Test (IET), respiratory rate

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

Panic frequency was rated by assessors. "Assessors who conducted evaluations at pre‐ and post‐assessment were blind to the subjects' experimental condition."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"The first 37 subjects agreeing to participate were randomly assigned to one of three groups to enlist the requisite sample size of 10 subjects per cell (7 subjects dropped out of the study before completion of the post‐assessment)."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"All sessions were audiotaped and 25% of these tapes were rated by an assessor blind to the treatment conditions, who was then asked to identify the treatment condition being conducted. Accurate identification of treatment protocol was made 93% of the time (14/15). One tape was inaudible and could not be rated." It is unclear whether the selection of tapes to assess was random.

Hazen 1996

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: 18 years of age or older, primary DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, minimum Grade 8 reading and writing ability, physician agreement regarding participation

Exclusion criteria: presence of organic disease which might be related to panic disorder or interfere with participation in the study; presence of other serious psychiatric disorders, specifically psychotic disorders, substance abuse and current major depressive disorder; presence of significant suicidal risk; involvement in other psychological treatment; current pharmacological treatment for panic disorder, with the exception of low doses of benzodiazepines (equivalent of 20 mg diazepam or less) or stable doses of antidepressants (i.e. prescribed for at least 6 months and stable dose for at least 3 months)

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 37.12 years, SD 9.57, range 20 to 73 years)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (92.4% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (45% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 0%

Interventions

Participants (n = 117) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Individual self administration of the self help manual (not included, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: weeks

2) Use of the manual in a self help treatment group (not included, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 13

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

3) Use of the manual in a treatment group led by professional therapists (classified as CBT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 13

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

4) Wait list (classified as WL, n = unclear)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Fear Questionnaire‐Agoraphobia Subscale (FQ‐Ag), Sheehan Patient‐Rated Anxiety Scale (SPRAS), Clinical Global Improvement (CGI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (not imputed: number of randomised patients for each arm not specified)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed: number of randomised patients for each arm not specified)

ST‐Dropouts: not reported by treatment group

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Of the 117 subjects enrolled in the evaluation study, 106 completed the Anxiety Sensitivity Index at pre‐ and posttreatment. These subjects comprised the sample for the present study." No further detail about these 11 dropouts is reported.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Hendriks 2010

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: adults aged over 60 years, principal DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. Co‐morbidity with other anxiety disorders, depression or dysthymia was allowed as long as PD(A) was the principal diagnosis. Participants using benzodiazepines were asked to adhere to a fixed daily dose for the duration of the study.

Exclusion criteria: presence of severe psychiatric disorders (e.g. psychotic disorder, bipolar disorder), severe somatic condition that would hinder appropriate application of CBT (e.g. severe cardiovascular disease), contraindication for paroxetine, current use of an antidepressant in an adequate dose, current and adequate psychological treatment, failure of paroxetine or CBT in the past, abuse of or dependency on alcohol or psychoactive substances, dementia and a score of 23 or less on the Mini‐Mental State Examination

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean age 68.6 years (SD 4.6)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 48%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 22%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (mood disorder 12.2%)

Interventions

Participants (n = 49) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 20)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 50 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 14

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

2) Paroxetine (not included, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 30 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 9

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 12)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 14 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 8 weeks, 14 weeks (termination), 26 weeks (3 months follow‐up)

Measures: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Mobility Inventory (MI), Symptom Checklist (SCL‐90)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free (zero panic attacks in the preceding week) at termination

ST‐ Response: improvement > 30% on one of the primary outcome scales

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (panic‐free at 26 weeks), details are not reported and anyway refer to the comparison paroxetine versus CBT

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"A sealed envelope was randomly selected from an initial total of 75 envelopes containing the treatment assignments, with 30 being labelled as CBT, 30 as paroxetine and 15 as waiting list."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

See above. It is unclear whether envelopes were opaque and sequentially numbered

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

"All assessments were administered by trained, independent psychologists who were blind to the study and treatments delivered." However, panic frequency was rated through MI, which is a self rated measure.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"Five patients (10.2%) failed to complete the 14‐week treatment protocol: three dropped out in the paroxetine condition (side‐effects, n = 1; protocol violation, n = 1; broken hip, n = 1), one in the CBT condition (protocol violation) and one in the WL condition (severe somatic illness." We are not considering the paroxetine group for this review, therefore the proportion of missing outcomes compared with the observed event risk is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Low risk

Study protocol available. All primary outcomes coincide (however, note that BDI, a secondary outcome, is not reported).

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Throughout the study, they were weekly supervised by a registered supervisor (a member of the Dutch Association of Behavioural and Cognitive Therapy). Per session, the therapists recorded which specific CBT component they had applied and any deviations from the treatment manual were discussed." It is unclear whether all sessions for all patients were supervised; no detail is reported about supervisor assessments.

Other bias

Unclear risk

This study has been funded by Glaxo Smith Kline, so a sponsorship bias is possible. However, because the Paroxetine arm is not considered for this review, it is unclear whether the comparison CBT versus WL can be affected by this possible source of bias.

Hoffart 1995

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial, inpatient setting

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age from 20 to 65 years, DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia, DSM‐III‐R agoraphobia severity rated as moderate or severe, patients considered the symptoms of agoraphobia (that is avoidance behaviour and situational panic or symptom attacks and not spontaneous panics or other mental problems) as their main problem. A plan for the reduction or discontinuation of medication before hospital admission was agreed upon and patients were informed that use of psychotropic medication was prohibited during the 6‐week inpatient treatment period.

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 40.1 years, SD 9.3)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified for ITT sample (63% among completers)

Interventions

Participants (n = 52) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = 26)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: unclear

  • Mean number of sessions: unclear

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

2) Guided mastery therapy (classified as BT, n = 26)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: unclear

  • Mean number of sessions: unclear

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: precare (before hospital admission), pre‐treatment (1 week), post‐intensive period (4 weeks), post‐treatment (6 weeks), 1 year follow‐up

Measures: Behavioral Avoidance Tests (BATs), Structured Clinical Interview for the DSM‐III‐R (SCID‐I), Phobic Avoidance Rating Scale (PARS), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (M), Self‐Efficacy Scales for Agoraphobia (SESA), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), panic diary

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning* at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: improvement > 50% on PARS separation avoidance sub‐scale

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: high end‐state functioning* at 1 year follow‐up

Notes

* "It was decided a priori to give a status of high endstate functioning to those who at posttreatment (l) had a score of 1.5 or lower at the PARS separation avoidance subscale, implying that at least half of the six situations of this subscale were approached regularly without use of safety signals (e.g. medication); (2) had a score of 3‐‐"symptoms interfere with work or social activity only in minor ways"‐‐or less in interviewer rated global severity; and (3) were free of spontaneous panic attacks in the two weeks after discharge."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

"A symptom rating interview was performed by a psychiatrist who worked in another institution and was blind to the treatment condition of the patients. The interview included the 0 to 4 point Phobic Avoidance Rating Scale (PARS)."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Unclear risk

"Six of the 52 patients, 3 in each condition, dropped out from the study. Four patients dropped out before or within the first 24 hours after admission to the hospital: 2 because of problematic family circumstances, 1 was not allowed financial coverage for the hospital stay from her home country, and 1 withdrew as she experienced overwhelming fantasies of being locked in forever in a mental hospital. Two patients, 1 in each condition, withdrew just after the discontinuation of anxiolytics because they could not tolerate being without them." Missing outcome data are balanced in numbers across intervention groups, with similar reasons for missing data across groups. However, it is unclear whether the proportion of missing outcomes is enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Unclear risk

All treatment completers (n = 46, see above) were assessed at 1‐year follow‐up

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. Results of ACQ measurements are not reported.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"The two psychologists alternated between being supervisor and being the primary therapist, responsible for the overall treatment and for conducting the group sessions together with a co‐therapist, in the 6 groups. In the intensive three‐week period, the supervising psychologist conducted two 45 min supervision sessions per week, addressing immediate treatment problems and questions about adherence to the manuals. In addition, the supervisor listened to audiotapes of therapy sessions and gave written feedback to the therapists." It is unclear whether all therapy sessions were assessed.

Karekla 2004

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: primary DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia

Exclusion criteria: psychosis, substance abuse, suicidal ideation or intent

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among those who attended at least the first treatment session, mean age was 34.95, SD 11.07, range 20 to 67)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (78.3% among those who attended at least the first treatment session)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (72.7% among those who attended at least the first treatment session)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified for ITT sample (34.8% among those who attended at least the first treatment session)

Interventions

Participants (n = 28) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Panic control treatment (classified as CBT, n = 14)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

2) Acceptance‐enhanced panic control treatment (classified as 3W, n = 14)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: pre‐treatment, mid‐treatment, post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ), Automatic Thoughts Questionnaire (ATQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Panic and Agoraphobia Scale (PAS), Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), quality of life (SF‐36), Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ), White Bear Suppression Inventory (WBSI), Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS), Diagnostic Symptoms Questionnaire (DSQ), Anxiety and Willingness Scale (AWS)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers (including early dropouts)

Continuous scale: although measured, data cannot be used because number of assessed patients is not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Twenty‐eight individuals met inclusion criteria and were scheduled for treatment. Of those, 22 attended at least the first session. Fourteen participants completed the full 10 weeks of treatment. The cases of participants who prematurely dropped out of treatment are dropped out from further analyses."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Klosko 1988

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, DSM‐III‐R primary diagnosis of panic disorder with a clinician's severity rating of at least 4 on a 0 to 8 scale (moderate severity), at least 1 panic attack in the week before starting treatment

Exclusion criteria: pharmacotherapy or psychotherapy begun in the past 6 months; either in drug or psychotherapeutic treatment more than 6 months (unless subjects agreed to stop such treatment for the duration of the study); on 4 mg or more of alprazolam for any 3‐week period and were non‐responders; evidence of benzodiazepine hypersensitivity; undergone cognitive behaviour therapy for anxiety at any time; females who were pregnant or lactating or at risk to become pregnant; significant medical problems, as determined by history, medical report and laboratory values; history of psychotic disorder or dementia; history of alcohol or other substance abuse within the last 6 months; current or past bipolar disorder. Subjects with major depression were excluded only if depression predominated over panic disorder at the time of presentation and if depression preceded panic disorder chronologically. Subjects with acute suicidal ideation were excluded.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 37, SD 11.04)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (79% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (59.6% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 69) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Alprazolam (not included, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

2) Placebo (not included, n = 18)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

3) Behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 18)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

4) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 16)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment.

Measures: daily self monitoring, Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule ‐ R (ADIS‐R), Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale (HAM‐A), Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM‐D)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: ADIS‐IV severity < 4

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule ‐ R (ADIS‐R)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

"Posttreatment clinical assessment measures were gathered through administration of a short form of the ADIS‐R. The ADISR administrators were blind to group assignment"

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Out of 69 initial subjects, 57 subjects completed the study, and 12 subjects dropped out. A higher rate of dropout was observed in the placebo group compared with the other three groups. One subject out of 17 (5.9%) dropped from the alprazolam group, 7 out of 18 (38.9%) from the placebo group, 3 out of 18 (16.7%) from the PCT group, and 1 out of 16 (6.3%) from the waiting‐list group."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Barlow DH is author of a CBT manual (see Barlow 2000b)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All therapy sessions were tape‐recorded and checked for treatment integrity."

Other bias

High risk

Performance bias: in contrast with patients in the CBT group, patients in the WL were not asked to withdraw medications.

Korrelboom 2013

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age 18 to 65 years, DSM‐IV‐TR clinical diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, being able to read, speak and understand Dutch well enough to participate in the treatment groups and to fill in all assessments. Use of psychotropic medication was permitted only if the medication dose was stable during the study and had been stable for at least 2 months prior to study inclusion. Patients who changed their medication during treatment were considered to be dropouts, patients who started (a new) medication less than 2 months before inclusion had to wait for participation until they had fulfilled this 2‐month criterion.

Exclusion criteria: severe co‐morbid psychopathology, such as psychosis; addiction; being suicidal; mental retardation; concurrent psychological treatments, or cognitive behavioural treatments in the past 6 months

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean age 36.1 years (SD 11.9)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 79%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 143) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Competitive memory training for panic (classified as CBT, n = 70)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 7

  • Duration of intervention: 7 weeks

2) Applied relaxation (classified as PT, n = 73)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 7

  • Duration of intervention: 7 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Panic Appraisal Inventory (PAI), Mobility Inventory (MI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Mobility Inventory for agoraphobia when alone (MI‐A)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

MI is a self rated scale

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"During treatment, a total of 24 patients (17%) dropped out (13 in AR and 11 in COMET). Analyses were on an intention‐to‐treat basis. First, in a binary logistic regression analysis, it was checked whether dropout was predicted by age, diagnosis, gender or any of the outcome measures at M‐pre. Then missing values were imputed with the SPSS 20 multiple imputation algorithm."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

It seems that authors are involved in conceptualisation of COMET‐panic: "Since this COMET‐panic protocol appeared to be effective in two pilot studies in routine clinical settings (Korrelboom et al. 2008; Peeters et al. 2005), it was decided to put the new protocol to the test in a randomized controlled trial versus an evidence‐based anti‐panic procedure, in this case AR."

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"Both panic management techniques were available in written form (a manual) for therapists and patients. In regular meetings therapists and researchers discussed adherence to the treatment protocols. As an additional check on treatment integrity, patients filled in a checklist containing specific questions about the nature of the treatments they had just received. This checklist contained statements about specific differential identifying elements of both therapies. If both treatments had been delivered properly, AR patients should identify more AR ingredients in the treatment they had received and few/none of the COMET elements, and vice versa for the COMET patients. In the AR condition the mean score for ‘AR ingredients’ was 36.7 (SD = 3.1) whereas the highest possible score was 40, while the mean score for ‘COMET ingredients’ in this condition was only 16.6 (SD = 9.5) whereas the lowest possible score was 4. On the other hand, in the COMET condition these figures were 34.0 (SD = 5.7) for ‘COMET ingredients’ (possible maximum of 40) and 15.2 (SD = 7.6) for ‘AR ingredients’ (possible minimum of 4)."

Lidren 1994

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. Individuals taking medication for anxiety could participate if they were still suffering from panic symptoms after 6 weeks of stabilisation on medication, if they maintained the same dosages throughout treatment, and if they recorded both the type and amount of medication usage throughout the study.

Exclusion criteria: seizure disorder, kidney disorder, stroke, myocardial infarction, chronic hypertension, emphysema, organic brain syndrome, chronic use of alcohol, drug dependence, major depressive disorder, psychotic disorders, involvement in any type of therapy focusing on anxiety management

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: 33.7 years (SD 11.8)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 83.3%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 39%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 0%

Interventions

Participants (n = 36) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Bibliotherapy (not included, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: self help

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

2) Group therapy (classified as CBT, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 12)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 3 months follow‐up, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: panic frequency and severity, Panic Attack Symptom Questionnaire (PASQ), Panic Attack Cognition Questionnaire (PACQ), Mobility Inventory (MI), Panic Self‐Efficacy Questionnaire (PSEQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: Mobility Inventory (MI) score < 32 at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Mobility Inventory for agoraphobia when alone (MI‐A)

LT‐Remission/Response: Mobility Inventory (MI) score < 32 at 6 months follow‐up

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Mobility Inventory (MI) is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"Attrition rates were zero for all three conditions"

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Low risk

(see above)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"The BT condition used Clum's (1990) Coping with panic book. Subjects in the GT condition also used Clum's (1990) Coping with panic text." Glum GA is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"We videotaped all sessions, with the faculty member on the research team viewing these tapes for treatment integrity."

Malbos 2011

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia

Exclusion criteria: epilepsy, dissociative or non‐dissociative chronic psychosis, recent discontinuation of psychotropic drugs, substance dependence

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean age 44.11 years (SD 13.79, range 24 to 72)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 23.5%

Interventions

Participants (n = 17) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Virtual reality exposure only (classified as BT, n = 9)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

2) Virtual reality exposure + cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = 8)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: 10 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 3 months follow‐up

Measures: Presence Questionnaire (PQ v3.0), Subjective Units of Discomfort (SUD), Depression Anxiety Stress Scales (DASS 21), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Agoraphobia Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Simulation Sickness Questionnaire (SSQ), Behavioural Avoidance Test (BAT), heart rate (HR) and heart rate variability (HRV)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"The allocation to each group was done using a randomisation table generated by a computerised sequence generator."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Low risk

"It was impossible to foresee the assignment of the next patient entering the study" (personal communication)

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

ASI is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"One participant (VRO)dropped out at an early stage due to a severe myopia." The proportion of missing outcomes is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Unclear risk

"In the present study we designed all required VEs for the VRET of agoraphobia within a game level editor." Although possible, the extent to which this source of bias may affect the results is unclear, because both arms are administered the same VEs.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Marchione 1987

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III diagnosis of agoraphobia with panic attacks, other inclusion criteria are mentioned but not reported.

Exclusion criteria: none reported

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 38.1 years, SD 11.8, range 25 to 65)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 19) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive therapy + graduated exposure (classified as CBT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 120 minutes (first 2 sessions), 60 minutes (following 14 sessions)

  • Mean number of sessions: 16

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

2) Progressive deep muscle relaxation + graduated exposure (classified as BT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 120 minutes (first 2 sessions), 60 minutes (following 14 sessions)

  • Mean number of sessions: 16

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

3) Graduated exposure alone (classified as BT, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 120 minutes (first 2 sessions), 90 minutes (following 14 sessions)

  • Mean number of sessions: 16

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, mid‐treatment, post‐treatment

Measures: Global Assessment of Severity, Self‐Rating of Severity, Phobic Anxiety and Avoidance Scale, Fear Survey Schedule, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale, Panic Scale, Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Hopkins Symptom Checklist, Subjective Symptom Checklist, Standardised Behavioral Avoidance Course (S‐BAC), heart rate

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: although measured (high end‐state functioning*) detailed data are not reported

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: detailed data are not reported

Continuous scale: although measured, detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

* "Five criteria were used to classify subjects’ level of Endstate (low‐medium‐high) functioning. Subjects were assigned 1 point for each of the following scores: (a) ≤2 on the Global Assessment of Severity; (b) ≤2 on the Self‐Rating of Severity; (c) ≤3 on the Phobic Anxiety and Avoidance Scale; (d) Completing the Standardized‐Behavioral Avoidance Course; and, (e) ≤3 SUDS (in vivo anxiety). Subjects with 0‐1 points = low Endstate functioning; 2‐3 points = medium Endstate functioning, and those with 4‐5 points were classified as having high Endstate functioning."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. Pre‐planned measures are not reported with sufficient detail.

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"The cognitive therapy was developed by Michelson (1984), adapted from Antaki and Brewin (1982), Beck and Emery (1979), Bums (1980), Mckay, Davis and Fanning (1981), and Sank and Shaffer (1984)." Michelson L is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"To ensure the treatment procedures were administered consistently, weekly meetings were held to discuss and review all treatment sessions. Treatment integrity probes were randomly conducted on 25% of the sessions and revealed consistently high (100%) levels of fidelity."

Meulenbeek 2008

Methods

Study design: multicentre randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: over 18 years of age, subthreshold or mild panic disorder with or without agoraphobia (DSM‐IV), defined as having symptoms of panic disorder falling below the cut‐off of 13 on the Panic Disorder Severity Scale–Self Report (PDSS–SR). If a participant used medication for anxiety or depression (e.g. benzodiazepines or antidepressants) it was agreed to keep medication use stable during the study period.

Exclusion criteria: severe panic disorder (PDSS–SR > 12), current psychological treatment for panic disorder‐related complaints, presence of other severe mental or social problems, suicidal intention warranting treatment or likely to interfere with participation in the group course as assessed by an experienced psychologist during intake.

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for clinical sub‐sample (among all participants, mean age was 42 years, SD 12.4, range 20 to 75)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for clinical sub‐sample (62% among all participants)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for clinical sub‐sample (38.7% among all participants)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (clinical sub‐sample, n = 100) were randomly assigned to either:

1) "Don't Panic" intervention (classified as CBT, n = 50)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 120 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 50)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐intervention, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale–Self Report (PDSS–SR), Mini International Neuropsychiatric Interview–Plus (MINI–Plus), Mobility Inventory (MI), sub‐scale for anxiety of the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS–Anxiety), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI–II)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: PDSS at post‐treatment < 1 SD compared to baseline mean and below 4 (cut‐off value)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: not reported for clinical sub‐sample

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale–Self Report (PDSS–SR, data for clinical sub‐sample available on personal communication)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"A blocked randomisation scheme was used, stratified by mental health centre, subthreshold panic disorder v. mild panic disorder, and by presence v. absence of co‐occurring agoraphobia."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Low risk

"The randomisation took place after administration of the Mini International Neuropsychiatric Interview–Plus (MINI–Plus)8 and was carried out centrally by an independent third party."

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

ST‐Remission is calculated from the Self Report of Panic Disorder Severity Scale

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

All randomised patients (clinical sub‐sample) were assessed with PDSS‐SR at post‐treatment (personal communication)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol available: declared primary outcome is "incidence of DSM‐IV panic disorder." In published report: "we used the PDSS–SR and the MINI–Plus as the primary outcome measures."

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"We developed an early intervention for panic symptoms, called the ‘Don't Panic’ course"

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Other bias

High risk

Performance bias: WL patients are free to make use of other interventions

Meuret 2008

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 60 years, principal DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, no additional psychological treatment until after the 2‐month follow‐up. If on psychotropic medications, on stable doses for at least 3 months prior to treatment with an agreement not to change dosage at least until after the 2‐month follow‐up

Exclusion criteria: evidence of organic mental disorder, suicidality, schizophrenia, alcohol or drug dependence, cardiovascular disease, pulmonary disease, epilepsy or pregnancy

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 41 years, SD 8.9)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified for ITT sample (83.8% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (32.4% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 43) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Breathing training therapy (classified as PT, n = 24)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 5

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 19)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment (week 4), 2 months follow‐up (week 12), 12 months follow‐up

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Clinical Global Impression Scale (CGI), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI‐AAL), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), week‐by‐week changes in end‐tidal pCO₂ (mm Hg) and RR (breaths/minute)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

"An assessment battery was administered at baseline (week 0), post‐treatment (week 4), 2‐month follow‐up (week 12), and 12‐month follow‐up (week 53). It included the PDSS (Shear et al., 1997), a clinician‐rated scale of PD severity and the Clinical Global Impression Scale (CGI; Guy, 1976) (both assessed by independent raters)." It is unclear whether raters were blind to treatment allocation.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

35 patients were analysed at post‐treatment (see study flow chart)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"We devised a capnometry‐assisted breathing training therapy (BRT) that uses immediate feedback to teach patients how to raise their pCOover a series of training and practice sessions."

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Meuret 2010

Methods

Study design: 2‐site, randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: minimum age of 18 years, current principal DSM‐IV diagnosis (i.e. the disorder presently associated with the greatest life interference) of panic disorder with agoraphobia, being on a stable dose of psychotropic medication for at least 3 months before study initiation (if applicable) and agreement to continue this dose through the 2‐month follow‐up appointment, agreement not to initiate additional therapy until after the final follow‐up appointment.

Exclusion criteria: indication of a history of bipolar disorder, psychotic disorder or suicidal intention, or current substance abuse or dependence, organic mental disorder, serious unstable medical disease, respiratory illness or seizures

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not reported for ITT sample (among initiators, mean age was 33.2 years, SD 9.9, range 20 to 57)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not reported for ITT sample (62.2% among initiators)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not reported for ITT sample (mood disorders 3.3% among initiators)

Interventions

In a first phase of the study, participants (n = 47) were randomly assigned to 5 weekly sessions of either capnometry‐assisted breathing training (n = 24) or cognitive training (n = 23)

In a second phase of the study, participants of both groups underwent 3 weekly sessions of in vivo exposure plus a 4th session at 2‐month follow‐up, therefore:

1) Capnometry‐assisted breathing training + in vivo exposure (classified as BT, n = 24)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 9

  • Duration of intervention: 16 weeks

2) Cognitive training + in vivo exposure (classified as CBT, n = 23)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 9

  • Duration of intervention: 16 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, pre‐phase 1, post‐phase 1/pre‐exposure (beginning of phase 2), post‐exposure (after the 3 weekly sessions of in vivo exposure), 2 months follow‐up (last exposure session)

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), combined measure of symptom appraisal (ASI/BSQ), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Anxiety Control Questionnaire (ACQ), end‐tidal pCO₂, respiration rate (RR)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers at termination (last exposure session)

Continuous scale: although measured, detailed data are not reported

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"Randomization software was used to assign patients to condition."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

In the CT + exposure arm, a total of 12 patients (out of 23 randomised) completed all sessions; in the CART + exposure arm, a total of 16 patients (out of 24 randomised) completed all sessions.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"CART is based on the theory that sustained levels of hypocapnia contribute to symptom development and maintenance of PD (Meuret 2008)."

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All sessions were audio‐ or video‐taped and discussed in the weekly supervision meetings by expert clinicians to ensure that therapists adhered to the treatment protocol. A random sample of 10% of all recorded treatment sessions (10 CART and 10 CT sessions) was evaluated blindly for protocol adherence by two independent, experienced master’s‐level clinicians. In addition, 50% of the rated sessions (5 CART and 5 CT) were randomly selected and rated by another master’s‐level and one doctoral‐level clinician to assess interrater reliability. Adherence to the given model/protocol was rated high for both conditions (CART: M 6.25, SD 0.92; CT: M 5.50, SD 1.20), and ratings were not significantly different between conditions. Interrater agreement was calculated with intraclass correlation coefficients. The results suggest that coders showed high agreement (intraclass correlation [2, 1] 0.85; Shrout & Fleiss, 1979)."

Meyerbroker 2011

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, DSM‐IV‐TR diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia

Exclusion criteria: presence of a medical condition (pregnancy, seizure disorder, pacemaker), current use of tranquillisers or not on a stable dose of antidepressants, current substance dependence, current depression with suicidal ideation, bipolar disorder, borderline or antisocial personality disorder, history of psychosis, severe cognitive impairment

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 55) were randomly assigned to either:

1) CBT + virtual reality exposure (classified as CBT, n = 19)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

2) CBT + in vivo exposure (classified as CBT, n = 18)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 10

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 18)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment.

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Mobility Inventory (MI), Bodily Sensation Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Panic Appraisal Inventory (PAI), Avoidance Scale of Watson and Marks

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: although measured, data cannot be used (n, mean and SD are reported only for the comparison VRET versus IVExp, both classified as CBT: comparison not feasible)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"Patients were randomized with randomly permuted blocks" (personal communication)

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"After randomization, 9 of the 55 patients declined to start the treatment. During treatment 15 patients dropped out for various reasons: medical issues (n = 2), acute crisis 2), could not experience the virtual environment as real (n = 2), had no further complaints (n = 3) and personal circumstances (n = 1). Completer analyses included the remaining sample of 31 patients who completed all treatment sessions (n = 29) or at least 80% of the sessions (n = 2). Intent‐to‐treat analyses were done with multiple imputation on the full sample (n = 46) who started at least 1 treatment session"

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol available: declared primary outcomes are PDSS and MI (plus Behavioural Avoidance Test, added subsequently). Primary outcomes are not specified in published report.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

"None of the authors has any conflict of interest"

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Milrod 2006a

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: diagnosis with primary DSM‐IV panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, minimum severity score of 5 on the 0‐ to 8‐point Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule for DSM‐IV (ADIS‐IV‐Lifetime Version), minimum of 1 weekly panic attack. Patients were included whether or not they were taking anti‐panic medication: subjects meeting study entrance criteria while taking stable doses of medication agreed to keep medication type and dose constant throughout the study. Patients discontinued ongoing psychotherapy to gain study entrance. Patients with comorbid major depression, personality disorders and severe agoraphobia were included.

Exclusion criteria: psychosis, bipolar disorder and active substance abuse (6 months remission necessary for inclusion)

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age by treatment group: PFPP group mean age 33.4 (SD 9.6); ART group mean age 33.5 (SD 8.5)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: PFPP group 69%; ART group 86%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: PFPP group 19%; ART group 17%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: PFPP group 19%; ART group 26%

Interventions

Participants (n = 49) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Panic focused psychodynamic psychotherapy (classified as PD, n = 26)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 24

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Applied relaxation training (classified as PT, n = 23)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 24

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, termination, 2 months follow‐up, 4 months follow‐up, 6 months follow‐up, 12 months follow‐up

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS), Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM‐D), Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale (HAM‐A)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: 40% reduction in PDSS at termination

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"Subjects were randomly assigned using a computer generated treatment assignment list that was stratified by presence or absence of 1) comorbid current DSM‐IV major depression and 2) stable doses of antipanic medication."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Low risk

"All study staff was blinded" (personal communication)

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Low risk

"Independent evaluators, blinded to subject condition and therapist orientation, assessed subjects at baseline, treatment termination, and at 2, 4, 6, and 12 months posttreatment termination"

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Rates of dropout from the 12‐week randomized controlled clinical trial differed significantly between the randomly assigned treatment groups: two out of 26 (7%) panic‐focused psychodynamic psychotherapy subjects and eight out of 23 (34%) applied relaxation training subjects dropped out. The analyses described above adhered to the intention‐to‐treat principle using last observation forward to impute missing data for the primary outcome and three continuous secondary outcomes." Although a LOCF method was used, LOCF cases are many and unbalanced between arms.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Low risk

Study protocol available. All of the study's pre‐specified (primary and secondary) outcomes have been reported in the pre‐specified way.

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Milrod B and Busch F are co‐authors of PFPP manual (see Milrod 1997)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

Insufficient information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

"Therapists in both modalities met monthly for group supervision and received individual supervision as needed. Therapists in both modalities were monitored for adherence to treatment protocol by adherence raters in each modality with equal frequency. Three videotapes were rated for adherence per individual treatment. All therapists met predetermined adherence standards." It is unclear whether all sessions for both therapies were recorded and if the 3 videotapes monitored for adherence where chosen randomly.

Muncy 1991

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, drug‐free, in reasonably good health, not currently in therapy (or, in this case, able to arrange with the therapist to work within the structure of the project)

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (68.4% imputed from BDI in the 3 arms considered for this review)

Interventions

Participants (n = 26) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Rational emotive therapy (classified as CT, n = 7)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

2) Rational emotive therapy + biofeedback (classified as CT, n = 8)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

3) Imipramine (not included, n = 7)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: not specified

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

4) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 4)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, mid‐treatment (3 weeks after commencement), termination (6 weeks after commencement).

Measures: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: not measured (none of the available measures meets our inclusion criteria, see Secondary outcomes)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"Two subjects from G3 (Imipramine arm)abandoned the study in the first three weeks of the treatment due to their inability to tolerate the side‐effects of imipramine. Thus, the number of observations was reduced to 24 [...]." Since we are not considering the imipramine arm for this review, the number of dropouts is 0

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Ost 1993

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 20 and 60 years, DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia, express a willingness to participate in the study for a period of 3 months. If any medication was used the intake was to be held constant during the study; participants had to agree not to receive any other kind of psychiatric or psychological treatment except for any ongoing medication during the treatment.

Exclusion criteria: any other psychiatric complaint in need of immediate treatment; psychotic or organic symptoms

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not reported for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 37.42 years, SD 8.38, range 23 to 56)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not reported for ITT sample (51% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not reported for ITT sample (38% among completers)

Interventions

Participants (n = 46) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Applied relaxation (classified as PT, n = 15)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Exposure in vivo (classified as BT, n = 16)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

3) Cognitive treatment (classified as CBT, n = 15)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 1 year follow‐up

Measures: Agoraphobia Scale, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM‐A), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Hamilton Depression Scale (HAM‐D), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Behavior Test (BAT), Autonomic Perception Questionnaire (APQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: clinically significant improvement* (Agoraphobia Scale criteria) at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: clinically significant improvement* (Agoraphobia Scale criteria) at 1 year follow‐up

Notes

* "To assess the degree of clinically significant improvement achieved by the patients the method described by Jacobson, Follette and Revenstorf (1984) was used. On any single measure a patient’s post‐treatment or follow‐up score must be outside the range of the patient group’s pre‐treatment scores, or inside a normal group’s range, in the direction of functionality, defined as Mean ±1.96 x SD . Besides, the change must be statistically reliable. For this study we chose to apply two criteria; percentage of situations completed in the BAT, and score on the avoidance part of Agoraphobic Scale. The respective cutoff scores were:

BAT: Mean 23.23, SD 14.57, criterion: 22.23 + 1.96(14.57) = 51.79, i.e. 52.

Agoraphobia Scale‐Avoidance: Mean 20.56, SD 6.76, criterion 20.56 ‐ 1.96(6.76) = 7.31."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

The Agoraphobia Scale (used to determine ST‐Remission) is a self report measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"One patient from the Exposure group dropped out after 2 sessions and was replaced. All the AR‐ and CT‐patients completed the study. At follow‐up I patient (in the AR‐group) had died, I refused participation in the assessment (E‐group), and 1 (AR‐group) had moved and was unreachable by mail or telephone. Thus, follow‐up assessment was done on 42 (93.3%) of the original patients."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Low risk

(See above). Missing outcome data balanced in numbers across intervention groups; the proportion of missing outcomes compared with the observed event risk is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Ost LG is involved in conceptualisation of Applied Relaxation (see Ost 1987)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Other bias

Unclear risk

Modification of the original sample with one replacement

Ost 1995

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 60 years, DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with mild or no agoraphobic avoidance, duration of the panic disorder of at least 1 year, at least 3 panic attacks during the 3 weeks baseline, panic disorder seen as the patient's primary problem, agreeing to take part in the study for 18 weeks, including pre‐ and post‐assessment, and 1 year follow‐up, and be willing to accept random allocation. If on prescribed drugs for panic disorder: (a) the dosage had to be constant for 3 months before the start of the treatment; and (b) the patient had to agree to keep the dosage constant throughout the study.

Exclusion criteria: primary depression (i.e. onset before the start of the panic disorder), any other psychiatric disorder in immediate need of treatment

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not reported for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 32.6 years, SD 7.1, range 23 to 45)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 21.05%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not reported for ITT sample (72% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 38) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Applied relaxation (classified as PT, n = 19)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 55 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Cognitive therapy (classified as CBT, n = 19)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 55 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 1 year follow‐up.

Measures: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule‐Revised (ADIS‐R), Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM‐A), Hamilton Depression Scale (HAM‐D), panic diary, Panic Attack Scale (PAS), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Self‐Rating of Anxiety Scale (SAS), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Bodily Sensations Interpretations Questionnaire

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning* at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: high end‐state functioning* at 1 year follow‐up

Notes

* "High end‐state functioning (HEF) was defined as being panic‐free and having an independent assessor rating of severity of the panic disorder of2 (i.e. 'slight') on the (ADIS‐R)0‐8 scale."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information reported

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information reported

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

"High end‐state functioning (HEF) was defined as being panic‐free and having an independent assessor rating of severity of the panic disorder of2 (i.e. 'slight') on the (ADIS‐R)0‐8 scale." It is unclear whether the assessor was blind to treatment allocation.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

2 patients, both in the AR group, dropped out at an early stage of treatment due to scheduling difficulties. All 36 patients that completed the study were followed up 1 year later. The proportion of missing outcomes compared with the observed event risk is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Low risk

(see above)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ) results are not reported, although this should be an administered scale according to the methods section.

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Ost LG is involved in conceptualisation of Applied Relaxation (see Ost 1987)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information reported

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information reported

Ost 2004

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 60 years, primary DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia, severity of at least 4 on the ADIS‐IV 0 to 8 scale, minimum of 1 year duration of the phobia. If on psychotropic medication: have been on a constant dose for at least 4 months and accept to keep the dosage constant throughout therapy.

Exclusion criteria: primary major depression (i.e. onset before the PDA), current alcohol or substance abuse, psychotic or organic symptoms, ongoing psychotherapy

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 36.1 years (SD 10.3, range 18 to 58)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 52%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 12.3%

Interventions

Participants (n = 73) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Exposure in vivo (classified as BT, n = 25; after re‐randomisation of WL n = 35)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 67.5 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 14 (12 to 16)

  • Duration of intervention: 14 (12 to 16) weeks

2) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 26; after re‐randomisation of WL n = 36)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 67.5 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 14 (12 to 16)

  • Duration of intervention: 14 (12 to 16) weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 22)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 16

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 1 year follow‐up.

Measures: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule‐IV (ADIS‐IV), Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM‐A), Hamilton Depression Scale (HAM‐D), Agoraphobia Scale, Mobility Inventory (MI), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Panic Attack Scale (PAS), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Quality of Life Inventory panic diary, behavioural approach tests

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: no longer meet DSM‐IV criteria for PDA at post‐treatment (original sample)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from the continuous scale for the original sample)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers (original sample)

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI) measured on the original sample (SDs are not reported but could be borrowed from other studies using ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: no longer meet DSM‐IV criteria for PDA at 1 year follow‐up (original + re‐randomised sample)

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

Unclear risk

"An independent research assistant not involved with the treatment performed all the diagnostic interviews and ratings." It is unclear whether the assessor was blind to treatment allocation.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"Seven patients dropped out of treatment before completion; 3 (13%) in the E‐group, 2 (8%) in the CBT‐group, and 2 (9%) in the WLC‐group, a non‐significant difference." Missing outcome data balanced in numbers across intervention groups. The proportion of missing outcomes compared with the observed event risk is not enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

High risk

"After the post‐assessment of the waiting list two patients dropped out and the remaining were randomized to the two treatment conditions with 10 in each. When the former WLC‐patients were treated 3 of the 10 randomized to the E‐group, but none in the CBT‐group, dropped out." Reason for missing outcome data likely to be related to true outcome, with imbalance in numbers for missing data across intervention groups.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"The therapy sessions were audiotaped and upon completion, three sessions were randomly selected for every patient, one from each third of the therapy, for analysis. Three licensed psychotherapists with long experience of CBT and blind to the allocation of the patients listened to the tapes and classified the sessions as either an exposure or a CBT‐session. They also rated the competency of the therapists using a modified version of the Cognitive therapy scale (Young & Beck, 1980), consisting of nine specific items and a general item (rated on a 0–6 scale). Which treatment the patient was receiving was correctly identified in 96.7% of the sessions rated by the experts, indicating a satisfying degree of treatment integrity."

Petterson 1996

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: range 20 to 63 years

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 27*) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour treatment (classified as CBT, n = 14?)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 6

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

2) No treatment (classified as NT, n = 13?)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Panic Attack Record, physiologic measures (blood pressure, pulse rate, finger temperature)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (not imputed because number of randomised patients is unclear)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed because number of randomised patients is unclear)

ST‐Dropouts: unclear

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI). SDs are not reported but could be borrowed from other studies using ASI

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

*It is unclear whether the reported number participants (n = 27) refers to the ITT sample or to treatment completers ("Twenty‐seven adults completed the study. [...] The subjects were randomly assigned to either the Treatment (n = 14) or Control (n = 13) conditions").

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Rees 1999

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III diagnosis of panic disorder with little or no agoraphobic avoidance

Exclusion criteria: secondary diagnosis with an overall severity rating less than 2 points away from the panic disorder severity rating on the clinician's 9‐point rating scale in ADIS; any medical condition such as asthma, angina, emphysema that might have complicated the panic disorder

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 82.5%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 11.1%

Interventions

Participants (n = 40) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Information giving + self monitoring (classified as PE, n = 20)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 2

  • Duration of intervention: 2 weeks

2) Self monitoring alone (classified as APP, n = 20)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 2

  • Duration of intervention: 2 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment.

Measures: daily records of panic, anxiety, depression and anticipatory fear of panic

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (not imputed because of skewed distribution of available continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (not imputed because of skewed distribution of available continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: panic frequency

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

No dropouts

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Reinecke 2013

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, naive to exposure‐based CBT; at least moderate agoraphobic avoidance, panic‐related safety behaviours (e.g. medication, or standing close to an escape exit to prevent panic attacks) and catastrophic panic cognitions (e.g. "If I stay here my heart will beat even faster, and I will suffer a heart attack"), assessed with a structured panic assessment interview. Occasional medication with benzodiazepines
or β‐blockers as needed was not an exclusion criterion; however, patients were required to be medication‐free 48 hours before the test sessions to avoid any interference with experimental testing and CBT.

Exclusion criteria: lifetime history of epilepsy, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorder or substance abuse, primary depressive disorder, insufficient English skills, psychopharmacological or psychotherapeutic treatment during the last 6 months

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age by group: treatment group mean age 36 (SD 14.7); wait list group mean age 35.1 (SD 14.1)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: treatment group 100%; wait list group 85.7%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 7.14%

Interventions

Participants (n = 28) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Single session exposure‐based CBT (classified as CBT, n = 14)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 30 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 1

  • Duration of intervention: not applicable (single session)

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 14)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 4 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline (day 1), post‐treatment (day 2), follow‐up (4 weeks)

Measures: Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale, Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Mobility Inventory (MI), Faces Dot Probe Task, Stress Test

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: MI‐Ag score falling within the range reported for healthy control subjects

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Mobility Inventory (used to determine ST‐Remission) is a self rated measure.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

All patients were assessed at 4 weeks follow‐up.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"Our single‐session treatment was a very condensed version of psychological intervention recommended for delivery in routine clinical care"

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Salkovskis 1999

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with moderate or severe avoidance, at least 2 panic attacks occurring in the 4 weeks prior to assessment, a score of 9 or more on the modified Fear Questionnaire, agoraphobic avoidance sub‐scale (FQ‐Ag), being unable to complete the penultimate step of a pre‐determined standardised behavioural avoidance test course conducted prior to the experimental procedure, it was possible to identify both catastrophic thoughts which occurred during panic attacks, and safety‐seeking behaviours which the patients said they carried out during the attacks to prevent the feared catastrophes. In addition, it was required that the patient rated an increase of anxiety from baseline of at least 20 points on a 100 point visual analogue scale when entering the 5‐minute individualised behaviour test.

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age by group: decreased safety behaviours group mean age 42.11 (SD 13.5); exposure only group mean age 33.6 (SD 11.7)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 100%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (44% according to imputation from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 18) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 9)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 4

  • Duration of intervention: 8 days

2) Habituation‐based exposure therapy (classified as BT, n = 9)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 4

  • Duration of intervention: 8 days

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment.

Measures: Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), panic frequency, Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), standardised behavioural walk (BW), individualised behavioural test (BT).

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"Randomisation was on the basis of sampling without replacement, using sealed envelopes opened on completion of the initial assessments"

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

It is unclear whether envelopes were opaque and sequentially numbered.

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), used to impute ST‐remission, is a self rated measure.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Unclear risk

Missing outcome data balanced in numbers across intervention groups (1 dropout from each arm), it is unclear whether the proportion of missing outcomes compared with the observed event risk is enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

Both Salkovskis PM and Clark DM are authors of a manual for CBT in panic disorder (see Clark 1986b)

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Schmidt 1997a

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: principal DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder

Exclusion criteria: change in medication type or dose during the 8 weeks preceding entry, evidence of serious suicide intent, current substance abuse, current or past schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, organic mental disorder

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 58%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 59%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (16.6% according to imputation from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 54) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy + respiratory training (classified as CBT, n = 18)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 20)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 16)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment (12 weeks)

Measures: Clinical Global Impression ‐ Severity (CGI‐S), panic diary, Shehan Patient‐Rated Scale (SPRAS), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Anxiety Sensitivity Inde (ASI), Panic Appraisal Inventory (PAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Shehan Disability Scale (SDS), Acute Panic Inventory (API), physiological measures (vital capacity, CO₂ intake volume), psychophysiological measures (heart rate, systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning* at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Inde (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

* High end‐state functioning: "A patient was classified as recovered when scores on each of three clinical dimensions (i.e. panic frequency, anxiety and phobic avoidance) fell within the normal range. Recovery criteria for the SPRAS and FQ are based on established cutoff scores reported in the literature. The recovery criterion for panic attacks was zero."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

The 3 measures used to assess the high end‐state functioning status (panic frequency, SPRAS score, FQ score) are all self reported.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Of those patients assigned to the treatment conditions (n=54), 34 were assessed at post‐treatment."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"Treatment integrity was maintained by using a structured and manualized treatment protocol (Schmidt 1994) that described specific goals and strategies for each session." Schmidt NB is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

High risk

"Treatment integrity was maintained by using a structured and manualized treatment protocol that described specific goals and strategies for each session."

Schmidt 1997b

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: principal DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia (active duty military sample)

Exclusion criteria: change in medication type or dose during the 8 weeks preceding entry, evidence of serious suicide intent, current substance abuse, current or past schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, organic mental disorder

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 31.8 years (SD 9.7)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (20% according to imputation based on BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 37) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour treatment (classified as CBT, n = 25)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 12)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline (week 0), post‐treatment (week 9), 3 months follow‐up (week 21)

Measures: Texas Panic Attack Record Form, Shehan Patient‐Rated Scale (SPRAS), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), Shehan Disability Scale (SDS), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: high end‐state functioning* at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: not measured

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

* High end‐state functioning: "A patient was classified as recovered when scores on each of three clinical dimensions (i.e. panic frequency, anxiety and phobic avoidance) fell within the normal range. Recovery criteria for the SPRAS and FQ are based on established cutoff scores reported in the literature. The recovery criterion for panic attacks was set at zero."

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

The 3 measures used to assess the high end‐state functioning status (panic frequency, SPRAS score, FQ score) are all self reported.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Of those patients assigned to a treatment condition (n=37), 29 were assessed at post‐treatment. Dropouts were similar across conditions, with 20% of patients in the immediate treatment condition (n=5) and 25% of patients in the delayed treatment condition (n=3) discontinuing their participation."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"Treatment integrity was maintained by utilizing a structured and manualized treatment protocol (Schmidt 1994) that described specific goals and strategies for each session." Schmidt NB is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

High risk

"Treatment integrity was maintained by utilizing a structured and manualized treatment protocol that described specific goals and strategies for each session."

Scott 1995

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of generalised anxiety disorder, panic disorder with or without agoraphobia and major depression

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample (panic disorder sub‐sample):

  • Age: not specified

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (panic disorder sub‐sample, n = 21) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour therapy (classified as CBT, n = 15)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 7

  • Duration of intervention: 7 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 6)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 7 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, start of treatment, termination, 6 weeks follow‐up, 3 months follow‐up, 6 months follow‐up, 12 months follow‐up

Measures: Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: not measured

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

No dropouts

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Sharp 2004

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 70 years, DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, score a minimum of 15 on the Hamilton Anxiety Scale, score a maximum of 20 on the Montgomery Asberg Depression Rating Scale, symptoms lasting at least 3 months. Patients taking concurrent psychotropic medications were not excluded from the study, but were required to continue taking these medications as prescribed throughout the study period.

Exclusion criteria: having received a psychological treatment for panic disorder and agoraphobia in the past 6 months

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age ranged from 34.6 to 41.7 depending on group)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified for ITT sample (50% among completers)

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

Participants (n = 97) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Group CBT (classified as CBT, n = 38)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

2) Individual CBT (classified as CBT, n = 37)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 22)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 12 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 3 months follow‐up

Measures: Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM‐A), Symptom Rating Test (SRT), Montgomery Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS), Fear Questionnaire ‐ agoraphobia sub‐scale (FQ‐Ag), panic diary

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: FQ‐Ag below 10 at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Fear Questionnaire ‐ agoraphobia sub‐scale (FQ‐Ag)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Although assessor was blind to treatment allocation, FQ (used to extract ST‐Remission), is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"A total of n = 27 patients dropped out of treatment early failing to complete five sessions of study treatment. Group treatment had a significantly higher drop‐out rate (n=18, 47%), than either individual treatment (n=6, 16%), or waiting list (n=3, 14%)."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Unclear risk

"For the two treatment groups all patients received the same CBT and all received identical treatment instructions with the same written treatment manual being supplied to all patients." It is unclear whether authors were involved in writing the administered manual.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Shear 1994

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia. All subjects were required to discontinue psychotropic medication for at least 2 weeks before study entry and to refrain from using medication or any other psychotherapeutic treatment during the study.

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: not specified for ITT sample (among completers, mean age was 34.7 years, SD 9.7)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 92%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (18.2% according to imputation from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 66) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive behaviour treatment (classified as CBT, n = 37)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

2) Non‐prescriptive treatment (classified as SP, n = 29)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 15

  • Duration of intervention: 15 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule–R (ADIS‐R), panic diary, Brief Fear Questionnaire, Mobility Inventory (MI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Hopkin's Symptom Checklist (SCL‐90), Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS), Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety (HAM‐A), Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM‐D), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: although measured (panic‐free at 6 months follow‐up) data were not entered in the analyses because dropouts exceeded 30% of the originally randomised sample (see Secondary outcomes).

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

"Most pretreatment and all posttreatment and follow‐up interviews were conducted by an independent evaluator who was "blind" to the treatment condition, study aims, and methods." However, ST‐remission is defined as being panic‐free, a self rated measure.

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

High risk

"Pretreatment data were obtained on 45 subjects (CBT=24, NPT=21). Forty‐one subjects completed posttreatment assessments (CBT=20, NPT=21)."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

High risk

"43 subjects completed the follow‐up assessments (CBT=23, NPT=20)."

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol unavailable. The results of some measures planned in the methods section are not reported (e.g. ACQ, BSQ).

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All treatments were supervised by one of us (MKS) in weekly meetings. The CBT sessions were rated for treatment adherence by Michelle Craske, PhD, and Karla Moras, PhD, from the Albany Stress and Anxiety Clinic. The NPT sessions were rated for absence of CBT material. The CBT intervention was rated separately for protocol adherence, general skill, and specific skill on a scale of 0 through 8. The NPT intervention was screened for absence of CBT. Thirty audiotapes were randomly selected from each condition. The mean adherence ratings for CBT sessions was 4.5 on a scale of 0 through 8. [...] There was no indication that NPT sessions 3 through 16 included CBT techniques. The NPT intervention was not rated for adherence or skill in this study."

Taylor 1982

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial, cross‐over design

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III diagnosis of panic disorder, at least 1 panic attack in the last 3 weeks, agreement to discontinue all psychotropic medications except as prescribed in the study

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 34.9 years (range 18 to 25)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified

Interventions

In the first phase of the treatment (before cross‐over), participants (n = unclear) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Relaxation (classified as, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 30 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: up to 5

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

2) Diazepam (not included, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 30 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 4 to 5

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

3) Placebo (not included, n = unclear)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 30 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 4 to 5

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

4) No treatment (classified as WL, n = unclear)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: not specified

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment

Measures: self report diary (anxiety, mood), State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Profile of Mood States, physiological measures (heart rate, skin conductance)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: detailed data are not reported

Continuous scale: the only available measure (STAI) is not considered among the outcomes of interest for this review (see Secondary outcomes). Furthermore, detailed data are not reported.

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Unclear risk

It is unclear whether the researchers involved have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study (ref. 1 of study report).

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Telch 1993

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: age between 18 and 65 years, principal DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, at least 1 panic attack during the past 30 days

Exclusion criteria: recent change in psychotropic medications; current psychosis, bipolar disorder or substance abuse disorder

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 34.6 years (SD 10.3)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 61.2%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (34.3% according to imputation from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 67) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Panic inoculation training (classified as CBT, n = 34)

  • Therapy format: group

  • Duration of each session: 90 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 12

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

2) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 33)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment (week 9), 6 months follow‐up

Measures: Sheehan Patient‐Rated Anxiety Scale (SPRAS), Agoraphobia scale of the Fear Questionnaire (FQ‐Ag), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), panic diary

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: recovery* at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

* "The two groups were compared on a composite index of recovery defined as the proportion of patients attaining normal levels of functioning on all three major facets of the disorder (i.e. panic attacks, anxiety and panic‐related avoidance)." Recovery criterion for panic attack was set at 0, for anxiety it was SPRAS score < 30, for avoidance it was FQ‐Ag < 12.

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

The 3 measures used to assess the high end‐state functioning status (panic frequency, SPRAS score, FQ score) are all self reported

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

No dropout in either group

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"A 65‐page treatment manual (Telch 1990) describes the specific goals and strategies for each session."

Therapist allegiance

High risk

"All sessions were conducted by one primary therapist (MJT, JL or NBS) and a graduate student assistant." As noted above, MJ Telch and NB Schmidt may have a vested interested in the success of their active treatment.

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"To help protect the integrity of the treatment, therapists and their assistants followed a procedural outline for each therapy session. In addition, all treatment sessions were videotaped and randomly selected segments were rated for consistency with the written treatment protocol."

Tyrer 1988

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III diagnosis of generalised anxiety disorder, panic disorder or dysthymic disorder; currently receiving no psychotropic drugs (and had not been taking benzodiazepines, neuroleptic drugs or antidepressants in regular dosage for at least 4 weeks before entry to the study); willing to enter the study, in which they understood that they would receive either drug or psychological treatments for up to 10 weeks

Exclusion criteria: major depressive episode or other psychiatric disorders that take diagnostic precedence over the 3 diagnoses above in the DSM‐III classification

Characteristic of the panic disorder sub‐sample:

  • Age: not specified (in the full sample median age was 35 years, range 17 to 76)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 0%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 0%

Interventions

Participants (panic disorder sub‐sample, n = 74) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive and behaviour therapy (classified as CT, n = 33)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 5

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

2) Self help treatment package (classified as APP, n = 17)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: 15 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 5

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

3) Diazepam (not included, n = 7)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: not specified

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

4) Dothiepin (not included, n = 7)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: not specified

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

5) Placebo (not included, n = 10)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: not specified

  • Duration of intervention: 6 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, mid‐treatment (2, 4, 6 weeks), post‐treatment (10 weeks), 16 weeks follow‐up, 32 weeks follow‐up, 1 year follow‐up, 2 years follow‐up, 5 years follow‐up, 12 years follow‐up

Measures: Comprehensive Psychopathological Rating Scale (CPRS), Montgomery & Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS), Brief Anxiety Scale (BAS), Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS), General Neurotic Syndrome Scale (GNSS), Life Events Schedule, Personality Assessment Schedule (PAS)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured

ST‐ Response: not measured

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: although measured, none of the available scales is considered for this review (see Secondary outcomes)

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Low risk

"The randomised treatments were indicated by opening a sealed envelope once patients satisfied the inclusion criteria for the study."

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

It is unclear whether envelopes were opaque and sequentially numbered

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

Considering only panic disorder patients allocated to either CBT (n = 33) or self help treatment package (n = 17), 3 patients were lost at post‐treatment assessment (personal communication: 2 patients in the CBT arm, 1 patient in the self help arm). Therefore, missing outcome data are low in number and balanced across intervention groups.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Unclear risk

No information provided

Williams 1996

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, at least 2 DSM‐III‐R‐defined panic attacks per week over a 2‐week baseline period. Subjects were asked to refrain from receiving any other psychological treatment for panic, phobia or depression during the study until after the 6‐week follow‐up. Subjects taking regularly prescribed medications were asked not to alter their medication regimen during the programme, and all subjects were asked to refrain from taking discretionary medication.

Exclusion criteria: none

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age: mean 38 years (range 17 to 76)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: 91.67%

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: 62.5%

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: 52.08%

Interventions

Participants (n = 48) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Cognitive treatment (classified as CT, n = 14)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

2) Performance treatment (classified as BT, n = 12)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

3) Combined treatment (classified as CBT, n = 13)

  • Therapy format: individual

  • Duration of each session: 60 minutes

  • Mean number of sessions: 8

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

4) Delayed treatment (classified as WL, n = 9)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, post‐treatment, 6 weeks follow‐up, 1 to 2 years follow‐up

Measures: panic diary, Self‐Efficacy Scales for Agoraphobia (SESA), Fear Questionnaire (FQ), panic coping self efficacy, Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: panic‐free at post‐treatment

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

LT‐Remission/Response: panic‐free at 1 to 2 years follow‐up

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

Panic frequency is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

"All Ss completed the treatment program; there were no dropouts in any treatment condition."

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Long‐term

Unclear risk

Among the 39 subjects allocated to the 3 active intervention arm, 34 were assessed at 1 to 2‐year follow‐up. Dropouts (n = 5) were 2/14 in cognitive treatment group, 2/12 in the performance treatment group and 1/13 in the combined treatment group. Missing outcome data are balanced across intervention groups. It is unclear whether the proportion of missing outcomes compared with the observed event risk is enough to have a clinically relevant impact on the intervention effect estimate.

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

Unclear risk

Study protocol unavailable

Researcher allegiance

High risk

"The performance‐based treatment was an office‐based adaptation of guided mastery treatment (Williams 1990; Williams, Dooseman & Kleifield 1984; Williams & Zane 1989; Zane & Williams 1993), which emphasizes the importance of performance successes in helping people gain a sense of mastery and self‐efficacy." Williams SL is among the study authors.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

Insufficient information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All treatment sessions were audiotaped, and for each treatment condition, one tape from each therapist was chosen randomly, and all therapist statements on it were transcribed and assembled into sets containing five consecutive statements. Two assistants trained in the coding manual independently, coded the sets of statements, while remaining unaware of Ss' assigned treatment condition and of the hypotheses under investigation. Based on the codes of one randomly chosen coder, in the performance treatment sessions, 72% of the sets of therapist statements contained performance interventions and 0% cognitive interventions. Sets of therapist statements in the cognitive treatment sessions contained 58% cognitive interventions and 0% performance interventions. Combined treatment sessions contained 54% performance interventions and 29% cognitive interventions."

Wollburg 2011

Methods

Study design: randomised controlled trial

Participants

Inclusion criteria: DSM‐IV diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, willing to accept an 8‐week treatment delay if assigned to the wait list

Exclusion criteria: history of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, dementia, alcohol or drug abuse, current use of medications with pronounced sympathetic, parasympathetic or respiratory effects, current score on the BDI exceeding 30, current suicidality

Characteristic of the sample:

  • Age (by group): mean 43.8 years (SD10.7); mean 43.7 years (SD 14.5); mean 38.3 years (SD 14.4)

  • Percentage of agoraphobic patients: not specified

  • Percentage of patients on drug therapy: not specified

  • Percentage of patients with major depression: not specified (8.1% imputed from BDI)

Interventions

Participants (n = 74) were randomly assigned to either:

1) Lower‐CO₂ breathing retraining (classified as PT, n = 19)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 5

  • Duration of intervention: 5 weeks

2) Raise‐CO₂ breathing retraining (classified as PT, n = 28)

  • Therapy format: not specified

  • Duration of each session: not specified

  • Mean number of sessions: 5

  • Duration of intervention: 5 weeks

3) Wait list (classified as WL, n = 27)

  • Mean number of sessions: 0

  • Duration of intervention: 8 weeks

Outcomes

Time points for assessment: baseline, 1‐month follow‐up (coincides with end of wait list), 6‐month follow‐up

Measures: Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS), Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Mobility Inventory for Agoraphobia (MI), Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ), Anxiety Control Questionnaire, Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Body Sensations Questionnaire (BSQ)

The following outcomes were used for quantitative analyses:

ST‐Remission: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐ Response: not measured (imputed from continuous scale)

ST‐Dropouts: non‐completers

Continuous scale: Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI). Note that reported SDs are uncommonly low, so we considered them as being SEs.

LT‐Remission/Response: not measured

Notes

None

Risk of bias

Bias

Authors' judgement

Support for judgement

Random sequence generation (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Allocation concealment (selection bias)

Unclear risk

No information provided

Blinding of outcome assessment (detection bias)
ST‐Remission

High risk

ASI is a self rated measure

Incomplete outcome data (attrition bias)
Short‐term

Low risk

No dropouts at 1‐month follow‐up (see study flow chart)

Selective reporting (reporting bias)

High risk

Study protocol available. PDSS scores at 1‐month follow‐up (primary outcome) are not reported.

Researcher allegiance

Low risk

To our knowledge, the researchers involved do not have a vested interest for or against the psychological therapy under study.

Therapist allegiance

Unclear risk

No information provided

Treatment fidelity

Low risk

"All sessions were audiotaped. Of the 50 treatment completers, the session for 20 were randomly selected and rated for therapist competence and adherence. Overall competence ratings of all therapists ranged from 3 (good) to 5 (excellent). The mean adherence rating as measured by application of respiratory behavioral techniques was 5.35 (SD 0.67), with rating of 6 being excellent."

3W: third‐wave
AAAS: African American Acculturation Scale ‐ Short Form
AAQ: Acceptance and Action Questionnaire
ACQ: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire
ADIS–IV: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule–IV
API: Acute Panic Inventory
APP: attention/psychological placebo
APQ: Autonomic Perception Questionnaire
AR: applied relaxation
ART: applied relaxation training
ASI: Anxiety Sensitivity Index
ATQ: Attitude Toward Treatment Questionnaire/Automatic Thoughts Questionnaire
AWS: Anxiety and Willingness Scale
BAI: Beck Anxiety Inventory
BATs: Behavioral Avoidance Tests
BBSIQ: Brief Body Sensations Interpretation Questionnaire
BDI: Beck Depression Inventory
BSI: Brief Symptom Inventory
BSQ: Body Sensations Questionnaire
BT: behaviour therapy
CART: capnometry‐assisted breathing training
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CCLAS: Anxiety Scale of the Cognitions Checklist
CGI: Clinician Global Impression
CT: cognitive training
DPAR: Daily Panic Attack Records
DSI: Depressive Symptoms Inventory
DSM: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders
DSQ: Diagnostic Symptom Questionnaire
ECQ: Emotional Control Questionnaire
EMDR: eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing
FQ: Fear Questionnaire
FQ‐Ag: Fear Questionnaire‐Agoraphobia Subscale
FSS‐IZZ: Fear Surrey Schedule‐III
GNSS: General Neurotic Syndrome Scale
HAM‐D: Hamilton Depression Scale
HARS: Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale
HARS‐R: Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale ‐ Revised
HEF: high end‐state functioning
HR: heart rate
HRV: heart rate variability
IBT: Irrational Belief Test
ICD‐10: International Classification of Diseases
IET: Interoceptive Exposure Test
ITT: intention‐to‐treat
IVExp: in vivo exposure
LEAS: Levels of Emotional Awareness Scale
LOCF: last observation carried forward
LT: long‐term
MAO: monoamine oxidase
MCMI: Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory
MMPI: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory
NT: no treatment
OCD: obsessive compulsive disorder
OQ: Outcome Questionnaire
PACQ: Panic Cognitions Questionnaire
PAI: Panic Appraisal Inventory
PARS: Phobic Avoidance Rating Scale
PAS: Panic Agoraphobia Scale/Personality Assessment Schedule
PASQ: Panic Symptoms Questionnaire
PBQ: Panic Belief Questionnaire
PCT: panic control therapy

PD/A: Panic disorder with or without agoraphobia
PDS‐MI: Panic Disorder Scale and Mobility Inventory
PDSS: Panic Disorder Severity Scale
PE: psychoeducation
PFPP: panic focused psychodynamic therapy
PPGAS: Panic, Phobia and Generalized Anxiety Scale
PQ: Presence Questionnaire
PSEQ: Panic Self‐Efficacy Questionnaire
PSWQ: Penn State Worry Questionnaire
PT: physiological therapies
PTSD: post‐traumatic stress disorder
QOLI: Quality of Life Inventory
RR: respiration rate
SAS‐SR: Social Adjustment Scale‐Self‐Report
SCL: Symptom Check List
SD: standard deviation
SE: standard error
SESA: Self‐Efficacy Scales for Agoraphobia
SP: supportive psychotherapy
SPRAS: Sheehan Patient‐Rated Anxiety Scale
SSQ: Simulation Sickness Questionnaire
ST: short‐term
STAI: State–Trait Anxiety Inventory
SUD: Subjective Units of Discomfort
TAU: treatment as usual
VLQ: Valued Living Questionnaire
VRET: virtual reality exposure therapy
WBSI: White Bear Suppression Inventory
WL: wait list
WSA: Work and Social Adjustment scale

Characteristics of excluded studies [ordered by study ID]

Study

Reason for exclusion

Andersson 2011

Mixed sample. More than 20% of patients are under 18 (personal communication) [Ongoing study]

Barlow 2000a

Drug versus placebo versus CBT versus CBT + drug versus CBT + placebo. In the related study exploring EFT versus CBT, not all patients in the EFT arm were randomised.

Benecke 2014

All participants are required to have a comorbid personality disorder [Ongoing study]

Borden 1986

Assignment to WL was not randomised

Bélanger 2006

Quasi‐randomised design (personal communication)

Elsesser 2002

Quasi‐randomised design (personal communication)

Fava 1997

The study focuses on refractory patients

Gloster 2010a

The study focuses on refractory patients

Ito 2001

Since data for the intervention arms include data from re‐randomised WL patients, data for WL arm cannot be extracted (double‐count): the 3 remaining arms would be BT(I) versus BT(E) versus BT(I+E). Comparison not feasible. Randomisation probably not respected: "twenty patients left the trial before week 4 and were replaced", "the final sample of 80 patients included 10 of the WL who were re‐randomised". Number of patients originally randomised to each arm unclear. Assessment of the original arms (without the re‐randomised and the substitutes) not reported.

Michelson 1996

Replacements are not evenly distributed and constitute more than 15% of the final sample

Teusch 1996

Replacements constitute 24.5% of the final sample

Zane 1993

The study explicitly focuses on agoraphobia, reporting that only 73% of participants had a comorbid panic disorder. We considered studies focusing on agoraphobia, rather than panic disorder, when it could be safely assumed that at least 80% of the participants were suffering from panic disorder.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy

EFT: emotion focused therapy
WL: wait list

Characteristics of studies awaiting assessment [ordered by study ID]

Bressi 2010a

Methods

Randomised controlled trial

Participants

35 patients with a diagnosis of panic disorder (DSM IV‐TR)

Interventions

CBT versus PD versus NT (usual care)

Outcomes

  • Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM‐D)

  • Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety (HAM‐A)

  • Panic and Anticipatory Anxiety Scale (PAAAS)

  • Toronto Alexithymia Scale–20 items (TAS‐20)

Notes

Only abstract available. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Foley 2006

Methods

Randomised controlled trial

Participants

Mixed sample (diagnosis for depressive and/or anxiety related disorders according the Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule)

Interventions

CBT versus 3W (each administered in 8 weekly group therapy sessions)

Outcomes

  • Hamilton Depression Rating Scale

  • Depression and Anxiety Stress Scales

  • Freiburg Mindfulness Inventory

Notes

Only abstract available. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Franklin 1990

Methods

Unclear

Participants

56 patients with chronic panic disorder

Interventions

BT + SMT (self mastery training) versus BT + APP (imaginal rehearsal)

Outcomes

  • Anxiety

  • Panic frequency

  • Phobic avoidance

  • Help seeking

  • Drug usage

  • Composite criterion of clinical improvement

Notes

Only abstract available. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Irgens 2009

Methods

Allocation: randomised
Endpoint classification: efficacy study
Intervention model: single group assignment
Masking: single‐blind (outcomes assessor)
Primary purpose: treatment

Participants

72 patients, age 18 years or older, diagnosis of agoraphobia, score on Mobility Inventory "Alone" of 2.5 or more

Interventions

TFT (thought field therapy: not included) versus CBT versus WL

Outcomes

Change in agoraphobic situation scores in ADIS. Among secondary outcomes: MI, ACQ, BSQ, BDI, BAI.

Notes

(Personal communication)

Margraf 1991

Methods

Unclear

Participants

Unclear

Interventions

Unclear

Outcomes

Unclear

Notes

Full report not retrievable. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Milrod 2006b

Methods

Allocation: randomised
Endpoint classification: efficacy study
Intervention model: parallel assignment
Masking: single‐blind (outcomes assessor)
Primary purpose: treatment

Participants

Age 18 to 70 years, DSM‐IV diagnosis criteria for primary PD with or without agoraphobia, history of at least 1 spontaneous panic attack per week within the month prior to study entry

Interventions

CBT versus PD versus PT

Outcomes

Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

Notes

Only protocol available. Study completed but not yet published.

Richards 1997

Methods

Unclear

Participants

Unclear

Interventions

Unclear

Outcomes

Unclear

Notes

Full report not retrievable. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Roache 1998

Methods

Randomised controlled trial

Participants

30 patients with generalised anxiety or panic disorder

Interventions

CBT versus NT

Outcomes

  • Self administration of capsules (alprazolam/placebo)

  • Level of anxiety (scale used not specified)

Notes

Only abstract. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Strauss 1997

Methods

Unclear

Participants

58 patients with the DSM‐III‐R diagnosis of panic disorder with and without agoraphobia

Interventions

CBT versus PT versus CBT+Imipramine versus BT + imipramine

Outcomes

  • Beck Anxiety Inventory

  • Fear Questionnaire

  • Fear Diary

  • HAM‐D

  • HAM‐A

  • Global Improvement Scale

  • Behaviour test (DBTA)

Notes

Only abstract. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Vincelli 2003

Methods

Randomised controlled trial

Participants

12 patients with a "DSM‐IV diagnosis of anxiety disorders for a minimum of 6 months as determined by independent clinicians on clinical interviews."
Exclusion criteria are: psychotic or bipolar disorders, high suicidal risks, medical illness (i.e. cardiac conduction disease, vestibular dysfunction), pregnant women

Interventions

Experiential‐cognitive therapy (ECT) versus CBT versus WL

Outcomes

  • Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)

  • State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI)

  • Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire (ACQ)

  • Fear Questionnaire (FQ)

Notes

The diagnosis of participants is unclear. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

Vincelli 2004

Methods

Randomised controlled trial

Participants

36 patients (age 35 to 53) with a diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia

Interventions

CBT (12 sessions) versus CBT plus virtual reality exposure (8 sessions) versus WL

Outcomes

  • Panic frequency

  • Level of depression (scale not specified)

  • State and trait anxiety (scale not specified)

Notes

Only abstract. Maybe continuation of Vincelli 2003a. No reply after trying to contact the author at the available email addresses.

3W: third‐wave
ACQ: Agoraphobic Cognitions Questionnaire
ADIS: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule
APP: attention/psychological placebo
BAI: Beck Anxiety Inventory
BDI: Beck Depression Inventory
BSQ: Body Sensations Questionnaire
BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
DSM: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders
FQ: Fear Questionnaire
HAM‐A: Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale
HAM‐D: Hamilton Depression Scale
PAAAS: Panic and Anticipatory Anxiety Scale
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PDSS: Panic Disorder Severity Scale
PT: physiological therapies
MI: Mobility Inventory
NT: no treatment
SMT: self mastery training
STAI: State‐Trait Anxiety Inventory
WL: wait list

Characteristics of ongoing studies [ordered by study ID]

Barlow 2010

Trial name or title

NCT01243606

Methods

Allocation: randomised
Endpoint classification: efficacy study
Intervention model: parallel assignment
Masking: open‐label
Primary purpose: treatment

Participants

Age 18 years or older, fluent in the English language, who have a principal DSM‐IV diagnosis of SAD, PD/A, GAD or OCD

Interventions

CBT (disorder specific) versus CBT (unified protocol) versus WL

Outcomes

  • Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule for DSM‐IV‐Lifetime Version (ADIS‐IV)

  • Clinical Global Impression Severity (CGI‐S) and Improvement Scales (CGI‐I)

  • Structured Interview Guide for the Hamilton Anxiety and Depression Rating Scale (SIGH‐A and SIGH‐D)

Starting date

December 2010

Contact information

David H Barlow: [email protected]

Todd J Farchione: [email protected]

Notes

Completion expected by December 2014

Caspi 2012

Trial name or title

NCT01677429

Methods

Allocation: randomised
Endpoint classification: efficacy study
Intervention model: parallel assignment
Masking: double‐blind (subject, caregiver, outcomes assessor)
Primary purpose: treatment

Participants

Age 18 to 45 years, clinical diagnosis of panic disorder, stable on the same drug and dosage for at least 1 month

Interventions

BT (with VR balance challenge) versus BT (without VR balance challenge) versus CBT

Outcomes

  • Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety (HAM‐A)

  • Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

  • Panic and Agoraphobia Scale (PAS)

Starting date

September 2012

Contact information

Revital Amiaz: [email protected]

Efrat Czerniak: [email protected]

Notes

Completion expected by September 2013

Gensichen 2012

Trial name or title

DRKS00004386

Methods

Study type: interventional
Allocation: randomised controlled trial
Blinding: open (masking not used)
Control: active control
Purpose: treatment
Assignment: parallel

Participants

Age 18 or older, clinical diagnosis of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia (ICD‐10: F.41.0 or F40.01), positive screening questionnaires, sufficient German language skills, private telephone

Interventions

CBT versus NT

Outcomes

Severity of anxiety, measured by the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI)

Starting date

October 2012

Contact information

Thomas Hiller: [email protected]‐jena.de

Notes

Completion expected by Spring 2015

Sandell 2012

Trial name or title

NCT01606592

Methods

Allocation: randomised
Endpoint classification: efficacy study
Intervention model: factorial assignment
Masking: open‐label
Primary purpose: treatment

Participants

Age between 18 and 60, DSM‐V diagnosis of panic disorder (with or without agoraphobia), willingness to stop other ongoing psychotherapy treatments and to refrain from non‐study treatments during follow‐up

Interventions

Randomised CBT/PD versus chosen CBT/PD versus WL

Outcomes

  • Panic Disorder Severity Scale (PDSS)

  • Occupational status

  • Absence from work due to sickness

Starting date

January 2010

Contact information

Not specified

Notes

Completion expected by 2017

Teismann 2012

Trial name or title

NCT01680237

Methods

Allocation: randomised
Endpoint classification: efficacy study
Intervention model: parallel assignment
Masking: open‐label
Primary purpose: treatment

Participants

Age between 18 and 65 years, diagnosis of panic disorder with agoraphobia

Interventions

CBT versus BT

Outcomes

Change (from baseline) in the Mobility Inventory

Starting date

October 2011

Contact information

Tobias Teismann: [email protected]

Juergen Margraf: [email protected]

Notes

Completion expected by August 2015

ADIS: Anxiety Disorders Interview Schedule
BAI: Beck Anxiety Inventory
BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CGI: Clinical Global Impression
DSM: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders

GAD: generalised anxiety disorder
HAM‐A: Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety
ICD‐10: International Classification of Diseases
NT: no treatment
OC: obsessive compulsive disorder
PAS: Panic and Agoraphobia Scale
PD: psychodynamic therapies

PD/A panic disorder with/without agoraphobia
PDSS: Panic Disorder Severity Scale

SAD: social anxiety disorder
SIGH‐A/SIGH‐D: Structured Interview Guide for the Hamilton Anxiety and Depression Rating Scale
VR: virtual reality

WL: wait list

Ideal network of included treatment and control conditions.
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 1

Ideal network of included treatment and control conditions.

Study selection process: PRISMA flow diagram
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 2

Study selection process: PRISMA flow diagram

'Risk of bias' graph: review authors' judgements about each risk of bias item presented as percentages across all included studies.
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 3

'Risk of bias' graph: review authors' judgements about each risk of bias item presented as percentages across all included studies.

'Risk of bias' summary. Note that we left the boxes empty when the RoB assessment was not applicable (e.g. in the case of incomplete outcome data in the long term when the study did not report any long term measure that could be included in the analyses).
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 4

'Risk of bias' summary. Note that we left the boxes empty when the RoB assessment was not applicable (e.g. in the case of incomplete outcome data in the long term when the study did not report any long term measure that could be included in the analyses).

Short‐term remission: network plot
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 5

Short‐term remission: network plot

Short‐term remission: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 6

Short‐term remission: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term remission: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 7

Short‐term remission: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term remission: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs WL
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 8

Short‐term remission: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs WL

Short‐term remission: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 9

Short‐term remission: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term remission: contour‐enhanced funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs WL
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 10

Short‐term remission: contour‐enhanced funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs WL

Short‐term remission: inconsistency factors for the network
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 11

Short‐term remission: inconsistency factors for the network

Short‐term response: network plot
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 12

Short‐term response: network plot

Short‐term response: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 13

Short‐term response: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term response: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 14

Short‐term response: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term response: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 15

Short‐term response: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term response: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 16

Short‐term response: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term response: inconsistency factors for the network
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 17

Short‐term response: inconsistency factors for the network

Short‐term dropouts: network plot
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 18

Short‐term dropouts: network plot

Short‐term dropouts: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 19

Short‐term dropouts: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term dropouts: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 20

Short‐term dropouts: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term dropouts: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 21

Short‐term dropouts: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term dropouts: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 22

Short‐term dropouts: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term dropouts: inconsistency factors for the network
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 23

Short‐term dropouts: inconsistency factors for the network

Short‐term improvement: network plot
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 24

Short‐term improvement: network plot

Short‐term improvement: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 25

Short‐term improvement: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term improvement: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 26

Short‐term improvement: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term improvement: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 27

Short‐term improvement: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Short‐term improvement: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 28

Short‐term improvement: funnel plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Short‐term improvement: inconsistency factors for the network
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 29

Short‐term improvement: inconsistency factors for the network

Long‐term remission/response: network plot
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 30

Long‐term remission/response: network plot

Long‐term remission/response: inconsistency factors for the network
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 31

Long‐term remission/response: inconsistency factors for the network

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 32

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 33

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 34

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, regression line for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 35

Subgroup analysis: number of treatment sessions, regression line for the comparison CBT vs BT

Subgroup analysis: therapist training, forest plots for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 36

Subgroup analysis: therapist training, forest plots for the comparison WL vs CBT

Subgroup analysis: therapist training, forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 37

Subgroup analysis: therapist training, forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT

Subgroup analysis: percentage of agoraphobic patients, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 38

Subgroup analysis: percentage of agoraphobic patients, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT

Subgroup analysis: percentage of depressed patients, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 39

Subgroup analysis: percentage of depressed patients, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT

Subgroup analysis: percentage of drug‐treated patients, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 40

Subgroup analysis: percentage of drug‐treated patients, regression line for the comparison WL vs CBT

Sensitivity analyses: network plot for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses group therapy trials
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 41

Sensitivity analyses: network plot for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses group therapy trials

Sensitivity analyses: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT excluding group therapy trials
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 42

Sensitivity analyses: forest plot for the comparison WL vs CBT excluding group therapy trials

Sensitivity analyses: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT excluding group therapy trials
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 43

Sensitivity analyses: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT excluding group therapy trials

Sensitivity analyses: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT excluding group therapy trials
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 44

Sensitivity analyses: funnel plot for the comparison WL vs CBT excluding group therapy trials

Sensitivity analyses: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT excluding group therapy trials
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 45

Sensitivity analyses: forest plot for the comparison CBT vs BT excluding group therapy trials

Sensitivity analyses: inconsistency factors for the network of short‐term remission excluding from the analyses group therapy trials
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 46

Sensitivity analyses: inconsistency factors for the network of short‐term remission excluding from the analyses group therapy trials

Sensitivity analyses: network plot for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses trials in which a concomitant pharmacotherapy is allowed
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 47

Sensitivity analyses: network plot for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses trials in which a concomitant pharmacotherapy is allowed

Sensitivity analyses: network plot for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses trials in which pharmacotherapy stabilisation was not required
Figuras y tablas -
Figure 48

Sensitivity analyses: network plot for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses trials in which pharmacotherapy stabilisation was not required

Summary of findings for the main comparison. Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to no treatment for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to no treatment for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Patient or population: adult patients with panic disorder with or without agoraphobia

Setting: outpatients
Intervention: cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)
Comparison: no treatment (NT)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

No treatment (NT)

Cognitive‐behavioral therapy (CBT)

Short‐term remission

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 2.78
(0.54 to 14.29)

No direct evidence available: indirect evidence based on 357 participants (2 studies via CT; 5 studies via PT)a

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3

36 per 100

61 per 100
(24 to 89)

Short‐term response

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 7.14
(1.25 to 50)

No direct evidence available: indirect evidence based on 357 participants (2 studies via CT; 5 studies via PT)a

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3

36 per 100

80 per 100
(42 to 97)

Short‐term dropouts

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 6.25
(0.26 to 100)

No direct evidence available: indirect evidence based on 278 participants (4 studies via PT)a

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3

1 per 100 (no events were observed in the available direct evidence: this percentage was assumed in order to calculate the corresponding risk)

6 per 100
(0 to 50)

Long‐term remission/response

(follow‐up: mean 12 months)

No data available for this comparison

Short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

The mean short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale in the control group was 0

The mean short‐term improvement, measured on a continuous scale as SMD (NMA results), was ‐0.83 (95% CI ‐1.5 to ‐0.16), indicating a large effect size in favour of CBT

27 participants
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 4,5

Reported ORs are derived (as reciprocal values) from the results of network meta‐analyses presented in Table 1, Table 4 and Table 7 (for ST‐remission and ST‐response we used the results of NMA adjusted for SSE). Reported SMD is derived from the results of network meta‐analysis presented in Table 10.

aIndirect comparison is performed using all possible intermediate comparisons in the network. For brevity we report the number of studies contributing indirect evidence only via a single intermediate comparator.

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g. the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI).
CI: confidence interval; NMA: network meta‐analysis; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial; SMD: standardised mean difference

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: We are very confident that the true effect lies close to that of the estimate of the effect
Moderate quality: We are moderately confident in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be close to the estimate of the effect, but there is a possibility that it is substantially different
Low quality: Our confidence in the effect estimate is limited: The true effect may be substantially different from the estimate of the effect
Very low quality: We have very little confidence in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be substantially different from the estimate of effect

We downgraded the quality of the evidence one step at a time when one or more of the following criticisms was present:

1Only indirect evidence is available for this outcome.

2Wide 95% CI.

3The risk of bias of indirect evidence is often unclear.

4The risk of bias in the included study was unclear in almost every domain.

5Only one study, with a small sample size, available for direct comparison.

Figuras y tablas -
Summary of findings for the main comparison. Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to no treatment for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults
Summary of findings 2. Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to supportive psychotherapy for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to supportive psychotherapy for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Patient or population: adult patients with panic disorder with or without agoraphobia

Setting: outpatients
Intervention: cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)
Comparison: supportive psychotherapy (SP)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

Supportive psychotherapy (SP)

Cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)

Short‐term remission

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 0.67
(0.25 to 1.82)

176
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1,2

38 per 100

29 per 100
(13 to 52)

Short‐term response

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 1.12
(0.4 to 3.26)

176
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3,4

32 per 100

34 per 100
(16 to 60)

Short‐term dropouts

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 0.64
(0.28 to 1.43)

176
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3

46 per 100

35 per 100
(19 to 55)

Long‐term remission/response

(follow‐up: mean 12 months)

Study population

OR 2.09
(0.73 to 5.98)

80
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1,5

24 per 100

40 per 100
(19 to 65)

Short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

The mean short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale in the control group was 0

The mean short‐term improvement, measured on a continuous scale as SMD (NMA results), was ‐0.05 (95% CI ‐0.56 to 0.47), indicating almost no difference between CBT and SP (the negative value of the point estimate indicates a slight trend in favour of CBT)

152
(3 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1,2

Reported ORs and SMD are derived from the network meta‐analyses.

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g. the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI).
CI: confidence interval; NMA: network meta‐analysis; OR: odds ratio; RCT: randomised controlled trial; SMD: standardised mean difference

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: We are very confident that the true effect lies close to that of the estimate of the effect
Moderate quality: We are moderately confident in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be close to the estimate of the effect, but there is a possibility that it is substantially different
Low quality: Our confidence in the effect estimate is limited: The true effect may be substantially different from the estimate of the effect
Very low quality: We have very little confidence in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be substantially different from the estimate of effect

We downgraded the quality of the evidence one step at a time when one or more of the following criticisms was present:

1Risk of bias for the included studies was in many cases unclear.

2Only a few studies available for direct comparison. 95% CI still wide and non‐significant even after combining direct and indirect evidence.

3Results were inconsistent across studies, although with wide confidence intervals.

4ST‐response data were imputed from the continuous outcome for all the included studies.

5Only one study available for direct comparison. 95% CI still wide and non‐significant even after combining direct and indirect evidence.

Figuras y tablas -
Summary of findings 2. Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to supportive psychotherapy for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults
Summary of findings 3. Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Patient or population: adult patients with panic disorder with or without agoraphobia

Setting: outpatients
Intervention: cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)
Comparison: psychodynamic psychotherapy (PD)

Outcomes

Illustrative comparative risks* (95% CI)

Relative effect
(95% CI)

No of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Assumed risk

Corresponding risk

Psychodynamic psychotherapy (PD)

Cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)

Short‐term remission

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 0.94
(0.27 to 3.45)a

54
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3,4

44 per 100

43 per 100
(18 to 73)

Short‐term response

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 1.05
(0.28 to 4)a

54
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3,4

47 per 100

48 per 100
(20 to 78)

Short‐term dropouts

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

Study population

OR 1.92
(0.56 to 6.67)a

54
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,2,3,4

19 per 100

32 per 100
(12 to 62)

Long‐term remission/response

(follow‐up: mean 12 months)

Study population

OR 1.25
(0.37 to 4.17)a

54
(1 RCT)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1,4

50 per 100

56 per 100
(27 to 81)

Short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale

(follow‐up: mean 3 months)

The mean short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale in the control group was 0

The mean short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale in the intervention group was 0.17 standard deviations higher (0.5 lower to 0.83 higher), indicating a small effect size in favour of PDb

54
(1 RCT)

⊕⊝⊝⊝
VERY LOW 1,3,4,5

a Reported ORs are derived (as reciprocal values) from the results of network meta‐analyses presented in Table 1, Table 4, Table 7 and Table 13 (for ST‐remission and ST‐response we used the results of NMA adjusted for SSE).

b Reported SMD is derived from the results of network meta‐analysis presented in Table 10.

*The basis for the assumed risk (e.g. the median control group risk across studies) is provided in footnotes. The corresponding risk (and its 95% confidence interval) is based on the assumed risk in the comparison group and the relative effect of the intervention (and its 95% CI).
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy; CI: confidence interval; NMA: network meta‐analysis; OR: odds ratio; PD: psychodynamic psychotherapy; PT: physiological therapies; RCT: randomised controlled trial; SMD: standardised mean difference

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: We are very confident that the true effect lies close to that of the estimate of the effect
Moderate quality: We are moderately confident in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be close to the estimate of the effect, but there is a possibility that it is substantially different
Low quality: Our confidence in the effect estimate is limited: The true effect may be substantially different from the estimate of the effect
Very low quality: We have very little confidence in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be substantially different from the estimate of effect

We downgraded the quality of the evidence one step at a time when one or more of the following criticisms was present:

1The available direct evidence was affected by a high risk of bias in various important domains.

2Relevant (although non‐significant) inconsistency was found in the loop PD‐CBT‐PT.

3Indirect evidence importantly influences the NMA results.

4Only one study available for direct comparison. 95% CI still wide and non‐significant even after combining direct and indirect evidence.

5Statistically significant inconsistency was found in the loop PD‐CBT‐PT.

Figuras y tablas -
Summary of findings 3. Cognitive behaviour therapy compared to psychodynamic psychotherapy for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults
Summary of findings 4. Network meta‐analysis rankings of psychological therapies for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

NMA Rankings of psychological therapies for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults

Patient or population: adult patients with panic disorder with or without agoraphobia

Setting: outpatients
Intervention: psychoeducation (PE), supportive psychotherapy (SP), physiological therapies (PT), behaviour therapy (BT), cognitive therapy (CT), cognitive‐behaviour therapy (CBT), third‐wave CBT (3W), psychodynamic psychotherapy (PD)
Comparison: no treatment (NT), waiting list (WL), attention/psychological placebo (APP)

Outcomes

Treatment hierarchy (in descending order)

№ of participants
(studies)

Quality of the evidence
(GRADE)

Short‐term remission
(follow up: mean 3 months)

(SP)‐CBT‐PD‐CT‐BT‐PT‐NT‐WL

2491
(40 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1 2

Short‐term response
(follow up: mean 3 months)

CBT‐PD‐(SP)‐BT‐PT‐WL‐CT‐NT

2240
(37 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1 2

Short‐term dropouts
(follow up: mean 3 months)

NT‐PD‐WL‐3W‐CBT‐APP‐PE‐PT‐CT‐BT‐SP

2535
(47 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1 3

Long‐term remission/response
(follow up: mean 12 months)

CBT‐PD‐PT‐BT‐SP‐CT

464
(9 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1 3

Short‐term improvement as measured on a continuous scale
(follow up: mean 3 months)

(PD)‐CBT‐SP‐CT‐3W‐BT‐PT‐NT‐WL

2318
(57 RCTs)

⊕⊕⊝⊝
LOW 1 3

Reported rankings are based on absolute SUCRA values, which are derived from network meta‐analyses (NMA).

The ranking of treatments reported in parenthesis must be interpreted with caution, because the evidence supporting those rankings is either too scarce or hampered by relevant inconsistency.

The assessment of quality of evidence has been made by adapting the GRADE tool, designed for pairwise meta‐analyses, to network meta‐analyses, as suggested in Salanti 2014.

GRADE Working Group grades of evidence
High quality: We are very confident that the true effect lies close to that of the estimate of the effect
Moderate quality: We are moderately confident in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be close to the estimate of the effect, but there is a possibility that it is substantially different
Low quality: Our confidence in the effect estimate is limited: The true effect may be substantially different from the estimate of the effect
Very low quality: We have very little confidence in the effect estimate: The true effect is likely to be substantially different from the estimate of effect

1 Downgraded for study limitations because the risk of bias was unclear or high in more than one important domain for many of the included studies.

2 Downgraded for imprecision because too few comparisons remained clinically important after adjusting the results of NMA for SSE (See additional Table 1 and Table 4)

3 Downgraded for imprecision because too few comparisons showed clinically important results in NMA (See additional Table 7, Table 10 and Table 14)

Figuras y tablas -
Summary of findings 4. Network meta‐analysis rankings of psychological therapies for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia in adults
Table 1. Short‐term remission: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results

Comparison

(X vs Y)

Pairwise meta‐analyses

(common τ = 0.69)

Standard NMA

(τ = 0.64)

ΝΜΑ adjusted for SSE

(τ = 0.59)

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CrI (lower)

CrI (upper)

PT vs SP

0.36

0.11

1.18

0.35

0.10

1.11

BT vs SP

0.37

0.12

1.15

0.38

0.12

1.19

BT vs PT

2

1.11

0.21

6.00

1.03

0.42

2.28

1.10

0.51

2.50

CT vs SP

0.47

0.11

2.07

0.44

0.10

1.90

CT vs PT

1

1.22

0.20

7.48

1.33

0.44

4.05

1.27

0.41

3.91

CT vs BT

1

0.95

0.12

7.47

1.29

0.41

4.07

1.15

0.37

3.61

CBT vs SP

3

0.68

0.24

1.91

0.68

0.25

1.83

0.67

0.25

1.82

CBT vs PT

4

1.56

0.62

3.94

1.90

0.98

3.69

1.95

1.02

3.97

CBT vs BT

10

2.09

1.10

3.97

1.84

1.06

3.22

1.77

1.02

3.11

CBT vs CT

1

1.69

0.21

13.47

1.43

0.48

4.23

1.53

0.52

4.68

WL vs SP

0.08

0.03

0.26

0.22

0.06

0.78

WL vs PT

4

0.21

0.06

0.70

0.23

0.12

0.48

0.64

0.27

1.65

WL vs BT

3

0.12

0.04

0.43

0.23

0.12

0.45

0.58

0.25

1.36

WL vs CT

2

0.12

0.02

0.61

0.18

0.06

0.52

0.50

0.15

1.77

WL vs CBT

18

0.13

0.07

0.22

0.12

0.07

0.21

0.33

0.16

0.69

NT vs SP

0.26

0.04

1.82

0.24

0.03

1.67

NT vs PT

1

0.70

0.11

4.33

0.73

0.14

3.68

0.70

0.14

3.48

NT vs BT

0.71

0.13

3.96

0.64

0.11

3.51

NT vs CT

1

0.57

0.09

3.48

0.55

0.11

2.73

0.55

0.11

2.71

NT vs CBT

0.38

0.07

2.05

0.36

0.07

1.85

NT vs WL

3.11

0.58

16.78

1.10

0.18

6.26

PD vs SP

0.71

0.14

3.52

0.71

0.14

3.42

PD vs PT

1

4.21

0.70

25.49

1.99

0.57

7.02

2.05

0.60

7.38

PD vs BT

1.94

0.50

7.48

1.88

0.48

7.17

PD vs CT

1.50

0.30

7.43

1.61

0.33

8.17

PD vs CBT

1

0.51

0.09

2.99

1.05

0.30

3.68

1.06

0.29

3.66

PD vs WL

8.50

2.27

31.84

3.21

0.75

12.87

PD vs NT

2.73

0.36

20.56

2.91

0.40

22.56

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Note that in the main text, where necessary, we inverted the values presented in Table 4 for an easier presentation, in which an OR greater than 1 stands for a higher number of events (short‐term remissions) in the intervention group when compared to the control group. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CrI: credible interval
CT: cognitive training
NMA: network meta‐analysis
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
SSE: small study effects
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 1. Short‐term remission: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results
Table 2. Short‐term remission: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals

Comparison

I2(%)

95% CI

CBT vs SP

0

0 to 90

WL vs CBT

58

29 to 75

CBT vs BT

5

0 to 64

WL vs BT

34

0 to 78

WL vs PT

56

0 to 85

CBT vs PT

0

0 to 85

This values refer to standard meta‐analyses, where each comparison has its own heterogeneity variance.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CT: cognitive training
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 2. Short‐term remission: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals
Table 3. Short‐term remission: ranking of treatments

Treatment

SUCRA

SP

88

CBT

76

PD

73

CT

50

BT

41

PT

35

NT

25

WL

13

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 3. Short‐term remission: ranking of treatments
Table 4. Short‐term response: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results

Comparison

(X vs Y)

Pairwise meta‐analyses

(common τ = 0.55)

Standard NMA

(τ = 0.63)

NMA adjusted for SSE

(τ = 0.65)

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CrI (lower)

CrI (upper)

PT vs SP

0.68

0.20

2.31

0.69

0.20

2.41

BT vs SP

0.589

0.18

1.93

0.69

0.21

2.33

BT vs PT

2

0.90

0.21

3.90

0.87

0.41

1.88

1.00

0.46

2.23

CT vs SP

0.39

0.07

2.07

0.36

0.07

1.96

CT vs PT

1

0.94

0.18

4.97

0.58

0.16

2.09

0.53

0.14

2.04

CT vs BT

1

0.20

0.03

1.46

0.66

0.18

2.51

0.53

0.13

2.07

CBT vs SP

3

1.02

0.38

2.73

1.04

0.36

2.99

1.12

0.40

3.26

CBT vs PT

4

1.23

0.56

2.71

1.54

0.81

2.94

1.62

0.84

3.17

CBT vs BT

10

1.78

1.00

3.18

1.77

1.02

3.04

1.61

0.92

2.86

CBT vs CT

1

2.92

0.43

19.98

2.65

0.73

9.62

3.08

0.81

12.26

WL vs SP

0.17

0.05

0.53

0.45

0.12

1.93

WL vs PT

4

0.15

0.05

0.44

0.25

0.12

0.50

0.65

0.24

1.91

WL vs BT

4

0.32

0.14

0.73

0.29

0.15

0.54

0.65

0.28

1.68

WL vs CT

1

0.31

0.02

4.27

0.43

0.12

1.61

1.24

0.26

6.42

WL vs CBT

17

0.19

0.05

0.31

0.16

0.10

0.26

0.40

0.18

1.00

NT vs SP

0.16

0.02

1.21

0.15

0.02

1.22

NT vs PT

1

0.31

0.06

1.62

0.24

0.05

1.25

0.22

0.04

1.25

NT vs BT

0.27

0.05

1.59

0.22

0.03

1.37

NT vs CT

1

0.33

0.06

1.68

0.41

0.08

2.13

0.42

0.07

2.31

NT vs CBT

0.16

0.03

0.87

0.14

0.02

0.80

NT vs WL

0.96

0.17

5.46

0.33

0.04

2.32

PD vs SP

1.02

0.20

5.28

1.07

0.20

5.70

PD vs PT

1

4.22

0.84

21.31

1.51

0.42

5.35

1.54

0.42

5.92

PD vs BT

1.73

0.44

6.70

1.54

0.37

6.41

PD vs CT

2.59

0.45

14.82

2.94

0.47

18.59

PD vs CBT

1

0.34

0.07

1.76

0.98

0.27

3.47

0.95

0.25

3.60

PD vs WL

6.02

1.60

22.61

2.37

0.49

10.75

PD vs NT

6.28

0.80

49.20

7.03

0.84

61.98

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Note that in the main text, where necessary, we inverted the values presented in Table 4 for an easier presentation, in which an OR greater than 1 stands for a higher number of events (short‐term remissions) in the intervention group when compared to the control group. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CrI: credible interval
CT: cognitive training
NMA: network meta‐analysis
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
SSE: small study effects
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 4. Short‐term response: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results
Table 5. Short‐term response: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals

Comparison

I2(%)

95% CI

CBT vs SP

7

0 to 90

WL vs CBT

39

0 to 66

CBT vs BT

22

0 to 62

WL vs BT

26

0 to 72

WL vs PT

14

0 to 87

CBT vs PT

45

0 to 82

This values refer to standard meta‐analyses, where each comparison has its own heterogeneity variance.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CT: cognitive training
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 5. Short‐term response: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals
Table 6. Short‐term response: ranking of treatments

Treatment

SUCRA

CBT

84

PD

74

SP

72

BT

53

PT

52

WL

31

CT

27

NT

7

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 6. Short‐term response: ranking of treatments
Table 7. Short‐term dropouts: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results

Comparison

Pairwise meta‐analysis

Network meta‐analysis

(τ = 0.33)

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

PT vs SP

0.76

0.28

2.08

BT vs SP

0.92

0.35

2.28

BT vs PT

2

2.19

0.46

10.38

1.20

0.60

2.40

CT vs SP

1.06

0.20

5.62

CT vs PT

1

5.59

0.59

52.73

1.38

0.33

5.86

CT vs BT

1.15

0.26

5.20

CBT vs SP

3

0.63

0.21

1.89

0.64

0.28

1.43

CBT vs PT

3

0.56

0.24

1.28

0.83

0.46

1.50

CBT vs BT

10

0.89

0.52

1.51

0.69

0.42

1.15

CBT vs CT

0.60

0.14

2.60

WL vs SP

0.48

0.19

1.22

WL vs PT

5

0.74

0.30

1.83

0.63

0.35

1.15

WL vs BT

4

0.34

0.16

0.69

0.52

0.30

0.93

WL vs CT

0.46

0.11

1.97

WL vs CBT

14

0.70

0.42

1.16

0.76

0.48

1.20

NT vs SP

0.10

0.00

2.18

NT vs PT

1

0.29

0.01

7.51

0.13

0.01

3.10

NT vs BT

0.11

0.00

2.69

NT vs CT

1

0.07

0.00

1.37

0.10

0.00

1.93

NT vs CBT

0.16

0.01

3.80

NT vs WL

0.21

0.09

5.01

PD vs SP

0.33

0.08

1.46

PD vs PT

1

0.16

0.03

0.84

0.44

0.12

1.52

PD vs BT

0.36

0.10

1.35

PD vs CT

0.32

0.05

2.04

PD vs CBT

1

1.21

0.27

5.35

0.52

0.15

1.80

PD vs WL

0.69

0.19

2.50

PD vs NT

3.31

0.11

97.03

APP vs SP

0.84

0.07

10.61

APP vs PT

1.10

0.10

12.30

APP vs BT

0.92

0.08

10.49

APP vs CT

1

0.97

0.08

11.51

0.80

0.09

7.21

APP vs CBT

1.32

0.12

14.61

APP vs WL

1.75

0.16

19.51

APP vs NT

8.37

0.21

333.81

APP vs PD

2.53

0.17

36.70

PE vs SP

0.84

0.01

97.42

PE vs PT

1.10

0.01

119.64

PE vs BT

0.92

0.01

100.89

PE vs CT

0.80

0.01

77.96

PE vs CBT

1.32

0.01

142.93

PE vs WL

1.75

0.02

189.75

PE vs NT

8.36

0.04

1954.05

PE vs PD

2.53

0.02

316.00

PE vs APP

1.00

0.02

55.66

3W vs SP

0.36

0.06

2.12

3W vs PT

0.47

0.08

2.65

3W vs BT

0.39

0.07

2.15

3W vs CT

0.34

0.04

3.03

3W vs CBT

1

0.56

0.13

2.51

0.56

0.11

2.88

3W vs WL

0.74

0.14

4.04

3W vs NT

3.55

0.10

126.65

3W vs PD

1.07

0.13

8.31

3W vs APP

0.42

0.02

7.74

3W vs PE

0.42

0.00

60.45

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). Of course, since this is dropout outcome, an OR smaller than one favours treatment X. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

3W: third‐wave
APP: attention/psychological placebo
BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CrI: credible interval
CT: cognitive training
NMA: network meta‐analysis
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PE: psychoeducation
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
SSE: small study effects
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 7. Short‐term dropouts: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results
Table 8. Short‐term dropouts: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals

Comparison

I2(%)

95% CI

CBT vs SP

49

0 to 85

WL vs CBT

0

0 to 55

CBT vs BT

0

0 to 62

WL vs BT

0

0 to 85

WL vs PT

25

0 to 70

CBT vs PT

12

0 to 91

This values refer to standard meta‐analyses, where each comparison has its own heterogeneity variance.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CT: cognitive training
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 8. Short‐term dropouts: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals
Table 9. Short‐term dropouts: ranking of treatments

Treatment

SUCRA

NT

85

PD

75

WL

67

3W

67

CBT

51

APP

42

PE

42

PT

38

CT

29

BT

28

SP

26

Note that higher ranking treatments correspond to lower dropout rate.

3W: third‐wave
APP: attention/psychological placebo
BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PE: psychoeducation
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 9. Short‐term dropouts: ranking of treatments
Table 10. Short‐term improvement: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results

Comparison

(X vs Y)

Pairwise meta‐analysis

Network meta‐analysis

(τ = 0.34)

# of studies

SMD

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

SMD

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

PT vs SP

0.24

‐0.35

0.84

BT vs SP

0.16

‐0.42

0.74

BT vs PT

1

‐0.26

‐0.98

0.46

‐0.08

‐0.47

0.31

CT vs SP

0.17

‐0.56

0.90

CT vs PT

1

‐0.02

‐0.67

0.64

‐0.08

‐0.63

0.48

CT vs BT

1

0.65

‐0.16

1.46

0.00

‐0.56

0.57

CBT vs SP

3

‐0.08

‐0.40

0.24

‐0.05

‐0.56

0.47

CBT vs PT

5

‐0.05

‐0.30

0.19

‐0.29

‐0.60

0.02

CBT vs BT

10

‐0.24

‐0.45

‐0.03

‐0.21

‐0.48

0.07

CBT vs CT

2

0.03

‐0.88

0.94

‐0.21

‐0.73

0.31

WL vs SP

1.05

0.49

1.60

WL vs PT

4

0.87

0.09

1.65

0.80

0.47

1.13

WL vs BT

3

0.92

0.59

1.26

0.89

0.57

1.20

WL vs CT

1

0.60

‐0.27

1.47

0.88

0.34

1.42

WL vs CBT

17

1.14

0.87

1.41

1.09

0.88

1.31

NT vs SP

0.78

‐0.06

1.63

NT vs PT

1

0.36

‐0.26

0.98

‐0.46

‐1.12

0.21

NT vs BT

0.62

‐0.09

1.33

NT vs CT

1

0.39

‐0.25

1.03

0.61

‐0.11

1.34

NT vs CBT

1

1.30

0.46

2.14

0.83

0.16

1.50

NT vs WL

‐0.27

‐0.96

0.42

PD vs SP

‐0.21

‐1.05

0.63

PD vs PT

1

‐1.18

‐1.79

‐0.57

‐0.46

‐1.12

0.21

PD vs BT

‐0.38

‐1.09

0.34

PD vs CT

‐0.38

‐1.21

0.45

PD vs CBT

1

0.57

‐0.07

1.2

‐0.17

‐0.83

0.50

PD vs WL

‐1.26

‐1.95

‐0.57

PD vs NT

‐1.00

‐1.91

‐0.07

PE vs APP

1

‐0.25

‐0.87

0.38

3W vs SP

0.20

‐0.82

1.22

3W vs PT

‐0.04

‐0.98

0.90

3W vs BT

0.04

‐0.89

0.97

3W vs CT

0.04

‐0.99

1.07

3W vs CBT

1

0.26

‐0.33

0.84

0.25

‐0.64

1.14

3W vs WL

‐0.84

‐1.76

0.07

3W vs NT

‐0.58

‐1.69

0.53

3W vs PD

0.42

‐0.69

1.53

A positive SMD for Χ vs Y means treatment Y is better than X, the opposite for a negative SMD (this is because for the scales used a lower score corresponds to a better treatment). Statistically significant results are written in bold.

3W: third‐wave
APP: attention/psychological placebo
BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PE: psychoeducation
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 10. Short‐term improvement: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results
Table 11. Short‐term improvement: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals

Comparison

I2(%)

95% CI

CBT vs SP

0

0 to 90

CBT vs PT

0

0 to 79

WL vs PT

79

45 to 92

CBT vs BT

0

0 to 62

WL vs BT

23

0 to 92

WL vs CBT

61

34 to 77

This values refer to standard meta‐analyses, where each comparison has its own heterogeneity variance.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CT: cognitive training
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 11. Short‐term improvement: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals
Table 12. Short‐term improvement: ranking of treatments

Treatment

SUCRA

PD

83

CBT

79

SP

69

CT

54

3W

53

BT

52

PT

43

NT

14

WL

4

3W: third‐wave
BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 12. Short‐term improvement: ranking of treatments
Table 13. Long‐term remission/response: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results

Comparison

(X vs Y)

Pairwise meta‐analyses

Network meta‐analysis

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

PT vs SP

1.31

0.33

5.25

BT vs SP

1.27

0.38

4.27

BT vs PT

1

1.17

0.28

4.87

0.97

0.37

2.57

CT vs SP

0.96

0.21

4.36

CT vs PT

1

0.83

0.25

2.80

0.74

0.26

2.06

CT vs BT

1

0.38

0.08

1.86

0.76

0.28

2.31

CBT vs SP

1

2.09

0.80

5.47

2.09

0.73

5.98

CBT vs PT

2

1.33

0.47

3.76

1.60

0.64

3.95

CBT vs BT

5

1.66

0.80

3.44

1.64

0.90

2.97

CBT vs CT

1

1.56

0.34

7.11

2.16

0.73

6.37

PD vs SP

1.67

0.33

8.33

PD vs PT

1.28

0.28

5.81

PD vs BT

1.31

0.34

5.07

PD vs CT

1.73

0.34

8.79

PD vs CBT

1

0.80

0.26

9.86

0.80

0.24

2.69

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Note that in the main text, where necessary, we inverted the values presented in Table 4 for an easier presentation, in which an OR greater than 1 stands for a higher number of events (short‐term remissions) in the intervention group when compared to the control group.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 13. Long‐term remission/response: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results
Table 14. Long‐term remission/response: ranking of treatments

Treatment

SUCRA

CBT

85

PD

64

PT

49

BT

43

SP

31

CT

27

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 14. Long‐term remission/response: ranking of treatments
Table 15. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results for short‐term remission excluding group therapy trials

Comparison

Pairwise meta‐analyses

(common τ 0.05)

Standard NMA

(τ ≅ 0)

NMA adjusted for SSE

(τ ≅ 0.60)

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CrI (lower)

CrI (upper)

PT vs SP

0.27

0.11

0.64

0.34

0.10

1.08

BT vs SP

0.35

0.16

0.75

0.38

0.12

1.16

BT vs PT

2

0.98

0.26

3.74

1.29

0.69

2.42

1.10

0.51

2.52

CT vs SP

0.43

0.13

1.47

0.44

0.10

1.87

CT vs PT

1.60

0.51

4.96

1.27

0.41

3.90

CT vs BT

1

0.95

0.19

4.84

1.24

0.44

3.51

1.15

0.37

3.68

CBT vs SP

3

0.67

0.33

1.35

0.67

0.34

1.27

0.67

0.24

1.77

CBT vs PT

3

2.02

0.85

4.76

2.46

1.39

4.33

1.94

1.02

3.97

CBT vs BT

9

1.90

1.15

3.16

1.90

1.26

2.88

1.76

1.02

3.13

CBT vs CT

1

1.69

0.33

8.76

1.54

0.55

4.32

1.53

0.52

4.66

WL vs SP

0.07

0.03

0.15

0.22

0.06

0.76

WL vs PT

4

0.22

0.09

0.53

0.25

0.14

0.45

0.64

0.27

1.66

WL vs BT

3

0.17

0.08

0.36

0.19

0.12

0.31

0.58

0.26

1.36

WL vs CT

2

0.12

0.03

0.46

0.16

0.06

0.43

0.51

0.15

1.82

WL vs CBT

11

0.10

0.05

0.19

0.10

0.07

0.16

0.33

0.16

0.70

PD vs SP

0.61

0.21

1.80

0.24

0.03

1.64

PD vs PT

1

4.22

1.17

15.15

2.25

0.93

5.42

0.70

0.14

3.66

PD vs BT

1.74

0.68

4.47

0.64

0.11

3.60

PD vs CT

1.41

0.37

5.34

0.55

0.11

2.74

PD vs CBT

1

0.51

0.15

1.76

0.91

0.38

2.19

0.36

0.07

1.87

PD vs WL

8.97

3.50

22.95

1.09

0.18

6.45

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Note that in the main text, where necessary, we inverted the values presented in Table 4 for an easier presentation, in which an OR greater than 1 stands for a higher number of events (short‐term remissions) in the intervention group when compared to the control group. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CI: confidence interval
CrI: credible interval
CT: cognitive training
NMA: network meta‐analysis
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PE: psychoeducation
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
SSE: small study effects
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 15. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses and NMA results for short‐term remission excluding group therapy trials
Table 16. Sensitivity analyses: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals for short‐term remission excluding group therapy trials

Comparison

I2(%)

95% CI

WL vs PT

56

0 to 85

WL vs BT

34

0 to 78

WL vs CBT

21

0 to 60

CBT vs BT

6

0 to 67

CBT vs SP

0

0 to 90

CBT vs PT

0

0 to 90

This values refer to standard meta‐analyses, where each comparison has its own heterogeneity variance.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 16. Sensitivity analyses: I2 values and their 95% confidence intervals for short‐term remission excluding group therapy trials
Table 17. Sensitivity analyses: ranking of treatments for short‐term remission excluding group therapy trials

Treatment

SUCRA

SP

89

CBT

76

PD

73

CT

50

BT

40

PT

35

NT

26

WL

13

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 17. Sensitivity analyses: ranking of treatments for short‐term remission excluding group therapy trials
Table 18. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses and I2 for short‐term remission excluding trials in which a concomitant pharmacotherapy is allowed

Comparison (X vs Y)

Pairwise meta‐analyses

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

I2

WL vs CBT

3

0.07

0.01

0.30

0.0%

CBT vs BT

2

2.21

0.96

5.10

0.7%

CBT vs SP

2

0.51

0.22

1.23

0.0%

WL vs BT

1

0.22

0.11

0.44

NT vs CT

1

0.57

0.17

1.91

CT vs PT

1

1.22

0.36

4.12

NT vs PT

1

0.70

0.27

1.10

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Note that in the main text, where necessary, we inverted the values presented in Table 4 for an easier presentation, in which an OR greater than 1 stands for a higher number of events (short‐term remissions) in the intervention group when compared to the control group. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 18. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses and I2 for short‐term remission excluding trials in which a concomitant pharmacotherapy is allowed
Table 19. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses with their I2 and NMA results for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses trials in which pharmacotherapy stabilisation was not required

Comparison

(X vs Y)

Pairwise meta‐analyses

Network meta‐analysis

(tau = 0.63)

# of studies

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

I2

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

BT vs PT

0.56

0.12

2.67

CBT vs PT

3

1.56

0.69

3.55

30

1.80

0.69

4.67

CBT vs BT

2

4.04

0.73

22.52

72

3.16

0.93

10.71

WL vs PT

3

0.22

0.01

4.04

69

0.11

0.03

0.36

WL vs BT

1

0.02

0.00

0.32

0.19

0.04

0.87

WL vs CBT

6

0.06

0.03

0.014

0

0.06

0.02

0.16

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Note that in the main text, where necessary, we inverted the values presented in Table 4 for an easier presentation, in which an OR greater than 1 stands for a higher number of events (short‐term remissions) in the intervention group when compared to the control group. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 19. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses with their I2 and NMA results for short‐term remission excluding from the analyses trials in which pharmacotherapy stabilisation was not required
Table 20. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses for short‐term remission using a fixed‐effect rather than a random‐effects model

Comparison

(X vs Y)

# of studies

Random‐effects

pairwise meta‐analyses

Fixed‐effect

pairwise meta‐analyses

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

OR

CI (lower)

CI (upper)

BT vs PT

2

1.09

0.22

5.52

0.96

0.27

3.46

CT vs PT

1

1.22

0.36

4.12

1.22

0.36

4.12

CT vs BT

1

0.95

0.20

4.54

0.95

0.20

4.54

CBT vs SP

3

0.67

0.35

1.27

0.67

0.35

1.27

CBT vs PT

4

1.43

0.78

2.62

1.43

0.78

2.62

CBT vs BT

10

2.05

1.29

3.27

2.05

1.30

3.22

CBT vs CT

1

1.69

0.35

8.22

1.69

0.35

8.22

PT vs WL

4

4.55

0.89

25.00

4.55

1.96

10.00

BT vs WL

3

8.33

2.33

25.00

5.56

2.94

11.11

CT vs WL

2

8.33

2.22

33.33

8.33

2.22

33.33

CBT vs WL

18

9.09

4.76

20.00

5.56

3.70

8.33

PT vs NT

1

1.43

0.41

5.00

1.43

0.41

5.00

CT vs NT

1

1.75

0.52

5.88

1.75

0.52

5.88

PD vs PT

1

4.22

1.27

13.95

4.22

1.27

13.95

PD vs CBT

1

0.51

0.16

1.613

0.51

0.16

1.613

OR (X vs Y) is defined as (Odds X)/(Odds Y). For each comparison X vs Y, an OR greater than one favours treatment X, an OR less than one favours treatment Y. Statistically significant results are written in bold.

BT: behaviour therapy
CBT: cognitive behaviour therapy
CT: cognitive training
NT: no treatment
PD: psychodynamic therapies
PT: physiological therapies
SP: supportive psychotherapy
WL: wait list

Figuras y tablas -
Table 20. Sensitivity analyses: pairwise meta‐analyses for short‐term remission using a fixed‐effect rather than a random‐effects model